1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17851 10865))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17851 10813))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode
'safe-local-variable
'booleanp
)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table
) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil
)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 10813))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log" t
)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log" t
)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log" t
)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17851 10852))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice" t
)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice" t
)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice
) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice
) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate
) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17851 10813))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
494 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17851 10813))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x
(quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
))) (stringp x
)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p
)) (quote string-or-null-p
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote integerp
))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp
)) (quote booleanp
) (quote (lambda (x) (member x
(quote (t nil
)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x
(quote (nil t text force
))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
(quote (: * + -
)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string
) (quote safe-local-variable
) (quote stringp
))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode
) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
587 and many other features.
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
764 Topic text constituents:
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil
)
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky
) (quote outlineify-sticky
))
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky
) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17851 10863))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17851 10865))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17851 10813))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17851 10866))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17851 10850))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt" t
)
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt" t
)
960 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt" t
)
965 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt" t
)
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt" t
)
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt" t
)
983 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt" t
)
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt" t
)
995 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17851 10813))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern
) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1083 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17851
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17851 10814))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17851
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230 How to quit artist mode
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1235 How to submit a bug report
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17851
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17851 10814))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1459 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1460 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1461 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1463 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1465 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1466 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1467 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1468 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1469 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1470 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1471 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1472 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1473 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1474 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1478 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1479 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1480 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1481 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1483 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1487 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1488 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1489 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1491 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1492 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1494 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" nil
)
1496 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1497 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1498 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1499 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1500 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1501 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1503 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1509 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1510 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
1511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1513 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1514 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1520 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1521 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17851 10814))
1522 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1524 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1525 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1526 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1531 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1532 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1533 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1535 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1537 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1538 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" nil
)
1546 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1548 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1549 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1551 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1552 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1558 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1559 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1560 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
1561 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1563 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1564 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1565 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1566 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1567 save the buffer too.
1569 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1573 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1574 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1575 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1576 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1577 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1578 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1581 directory or directories specified.
1583 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1585 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1586 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1587 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1593 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1594 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1595 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17851 10814))
1596 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1599 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1602 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1603 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1604 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1605 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1609 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1610 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1613 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1619 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1621 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1622 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1623 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1624 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1625 reflected in the current buffer.
1627 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1628 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1629 writing before you save the file!
1631 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1635 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1636 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1639 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1644 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1645 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1648 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" nil
)
1652 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1653 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1656 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1657 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1664 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17851 10814))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1668 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1669 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1671 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" nil
)
1675 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1676 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1677 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1678 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1681 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1682 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684 Effects of the different modes:
1685 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1686 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1687 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1688 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1689 a random distance & direction.
1690 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1691 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1692 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1697 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1698 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1704 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1705 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
1706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1709 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1712 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1717 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1718 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1719 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1725 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1729 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1730 ;;;;;; (17851 10815))
1731 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1732 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1734 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1735 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1736 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1737 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1742 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1743 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1746 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" nil
)
1750 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1752 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1761 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1762 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17851 10852))
1763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1766 Time execution of FORMS.
1767 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1768 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1770 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1771 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1772 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1776 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1777 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1778 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1779 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1780 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1785 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1786 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1787 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1788 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17851
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1799 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1801 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1803 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1804 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1805 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1806 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1808 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1809 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1810 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1811 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1812 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1814 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1815 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1818 Special information:
1820 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1822 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1823 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1824 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1825 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1826 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1827 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1828 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1829 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1831 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1834 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1835 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1836 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1837 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1838 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1839 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1840 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1841 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1843 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1845 ----------------------------------------------------------
1846 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1847 if that value is non-nil.
1855 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1856 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1860 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1862 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1863 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1864 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1866 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1868 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1869 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1871 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1873 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1874 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1876 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1880 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17851
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1884 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1886 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1890 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1891 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1892 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1893 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1894 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1899 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1900 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1903 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1906 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1907 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1909 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1910 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1912 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1913 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1914 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1915 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1916 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1917 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1921 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1923 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1924 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1925 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1926 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1928 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1929 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1930 denoted by the letter `R'.
1932 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1933 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1934 denoted by the letter `H'.
1936 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1939 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1940 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1941 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1942 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1943 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1944 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1947 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1948 degree deflection it causes.
1951 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1952 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1953 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1954 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1955 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1961 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1962 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1968 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1975 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1976 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1977 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1978 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1979 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1980 emerging from the box.
1982 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1989 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2000 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2001 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2002 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2003 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17851 10815))
2004 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2005 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
2006 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
2007 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2009 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
2010 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2011 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2012 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2013 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2014 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2015 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
2016 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
2017 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
2018 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
2020 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
2021 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
2026 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
2030 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2031 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2032 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2033 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2034 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2035 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2036 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2039 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2040 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2041 yank successive words.
2043 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2044 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2045 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2046 name of the file being visited.
2048 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2049 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2050 the list of bookmarks.)
2052 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
2054 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
2055 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2056 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2057 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2058 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2061 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2062 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2063 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2064 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2066 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2068 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
2069 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2070 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2071 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2072 after a bookmark was set in it.
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2076 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
2077 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2078 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2079 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2083 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
2085 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
2086 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2087 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2088 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2090 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2091 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2092 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2094 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2095 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2098 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
2101 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2102 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2103 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2104 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2107 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2109 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
2110 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2111 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2112 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2113 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2114 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2115 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2116 probably because we were called from there.
2118 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2120 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
2121 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2122 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2126 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
2127 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2128 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2129 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2132 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2133 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2134 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2135 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2136 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2138 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2139 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2140 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2141 `bookmark-default-file'.
2143 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
2146 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2147 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2148 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2149 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2152 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2153 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2154 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2155 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2156 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2159 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2160 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2161 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2162 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2164 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2166 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
2167 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2168 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2169 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2170 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2174 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2176 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
2178 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2180 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2184 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2185 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2186 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2187 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2193 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17851 10863))
2194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2196 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2197 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2198 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2199 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2201 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2202 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2203 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2204 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2205 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2207 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2209 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2210 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2212 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2214 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2215 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2217 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2219 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2224 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2225 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2226 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2227 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2228 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2229 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2231 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2233 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2235 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2236 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2241 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2242 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2246 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2247 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2249 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2251 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2252 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2253 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2254 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2260 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2261 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2267 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2268 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2269 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2275 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2276 Default to the URL around or before point.
2278 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2279 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2280 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2281 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2284 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2287 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2288 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2290 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2292 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2293 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2294 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2295 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2299 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2303 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2304 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2307 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2333 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2336 When called interactively, if variable
2337 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2338 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2339 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2343 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2344 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2347 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2350 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2351 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2353 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2354 URL in a new window.
2356 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2358 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2363 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2364 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2365 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2366 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2368 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2369 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2370 new tab in an existing window instead.
2372 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2373 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2384 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2385 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2397 program is invoked according to the variable
2398 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2406 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2411 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2412 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2413 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2415 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2419 Default to the URL around or before point.
2421 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2422 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2423 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2431 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point.
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2442 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2447 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2456 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2457 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2464 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2465 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2472 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2476 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2491 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2492 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2493 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2494 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2499 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2510 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2511 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2512 don't offer a form of remote control.
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2517 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2518 Default to the URL around or before point.
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17851
2526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2528 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2529 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2533 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2534 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2541 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17851 10816))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2544 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2545 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2546 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2547 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2551 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2552 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2553 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2554 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2558 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2559 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2563 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2564 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2566 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2567 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2568 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2569 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2571 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2572 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2573 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2574 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2575 name of buffer configuration.
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2582 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17851
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2586 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap used by buttons.")
2589 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2591 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2593 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2594 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2595 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2596 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2597 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2598 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2600 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2601 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2602 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2603 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2605 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2607 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2608 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2609 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2610 specifying properties to add to the button.
2611 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2612 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2613 `define-button-type'.
2615 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2617 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2619 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2620 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2621 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2622 specifying properties to add to the button.
2623 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2624 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2625 `define-button-type'.
2627 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2629 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2631 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2632 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2633 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2634 specifying properties to add to the button.
2635 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2636 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2637 `define-button-type'.
2639 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2640 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2641 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2644 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2646 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2648 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2649 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2650 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2651 specifying properties to add to the button.
2652 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2653 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2654 `define-button-type'.
2656 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2657 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2658 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2659 `insert-text-button'.
2661 Also see `make-text-button'.
2663 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2668 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2669 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2670 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2671 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17851 10852))
2672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2673 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2674 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2676 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2681 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2682 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2683 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2685 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2687 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2688 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2689 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2690 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2692 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2693 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2694 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2695 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2696 whether to compile it.
2698 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2700 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2701 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2703 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2704 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2706 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2707 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2708 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2709 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2710 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2712 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2714 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2716 Print the result in the echo area.
2717 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2722 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2723 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2725 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2727 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2728 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2729 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2730 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2731 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2732 all functions called by those functions.
2734 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2735 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2738 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2739 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2740 invoked interactively.
2742 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2744 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2745 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2746 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2747 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2751 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2752 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2753 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2754 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2755 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2756 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2757 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2760 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2762 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2763 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2764 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2765 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2767 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2768 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2769 and corresponding effects.
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17851 10850))
2776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2778 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2784 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2785 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2788 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2789 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2790 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2791 from the cursor position.
2793 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2797 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2798 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2799 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2803 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2804 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2806 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2807 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2809 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2810 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2814 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2815 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2817 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2819 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2820 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2829 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2831 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2832 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2834 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2836 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2837 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2838 This is most useful in the X window system.
2839 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2840 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2842 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2844 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2845 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2846 See calc-keypad for details.
2848 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2850 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2851 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2853 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2856 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2861 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2863 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2866 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2867 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2871 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2874 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17851
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2882 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2883 Run the Emacs calculator.
2884 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2891 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2892 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2893 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2894 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2895 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2896 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2897 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2898 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2899 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2900 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2901 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2902 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2903 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2904 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2905 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2906 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2907 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17851 10851))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2910 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2911 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2912 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2913 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2916 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2918 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2919 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2920 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2921 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2922 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2923 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2925 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2927 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2928 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2929 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2933 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2934 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2935 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2939 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2941 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2944 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2946 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2947 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2948 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2950 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2952 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2953 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2954 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2956 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2958 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2960 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2961 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2962 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2964 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2967 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2969 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2970 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2971 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2973 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2976 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2978 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2979 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2980 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2982 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2985 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2987 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2988 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2989 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2991 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2993 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2994 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2995 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2996 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2997 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2999 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3001 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3002 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3003 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3004 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3005 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3006 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3007 a function is also provided for this:
3008 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3010 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3011 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3012 date is not visible in the window.
3014 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3015 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3016 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3018 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3020 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3021 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3023 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3024 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3025 date is visible in the window.
3027 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3028 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3029 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3031 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3033 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3034 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3038 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3040 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3042 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3044 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3045 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3047 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3048 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3056 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3057 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3058 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3059 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3060 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3061 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3062 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3063 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3064 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3065 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3066 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3067 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3070 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3071 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3072 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3073 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3081 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3082 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3084 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3085 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3086 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3087 window but will appear in a diary window.
3089 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3090 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3092 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3093 entries (in the default American style):
3095 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3096 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3097 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3099 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3100 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3101 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3102 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3103 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3104 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3105 &* 15 time cards due.
3107 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3108 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3109 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3113 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3114 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3115 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3116 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3117 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3118 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3120 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3121 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3122 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3124 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3126 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3128 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3129 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3130 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3131 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3132 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3133 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3134 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3135 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3136 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3137 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3140 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3141 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3142 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3143 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3144 documentation for these functions for details.
3146 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3147 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3149 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3151 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3152 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3156 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3157 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3159 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3164 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3169 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3172 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3173 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3177 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3178 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3179 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3181 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3183 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3184 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3185 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3186 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3189 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3191 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3192 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3193 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3194 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3203 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3204 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3205 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3208 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3209 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3210 `american-calendar'.")
3212 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3214 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3215 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3216 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3218 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3220 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3221 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3222 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3224 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3226 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3227 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3228 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3230 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3232 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3233 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3234 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3236 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3238 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3239 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3240 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3241 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3242 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3243 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3245 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3247 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3248 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3249 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3251 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3252 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3253 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3256 #include \"filename\"
3258 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3259 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3260 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3261 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3262 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3264 For example, you could use
3266 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3267 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3268 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3270 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3271 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3272 lexicographic order.")
3274 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3276 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3277 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3278 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3280 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3282 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3283 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3284 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3287 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3288 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3289 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3290 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3291 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3292 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3293 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3295 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3296 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3297 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3298 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3299 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3300 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3301 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3302 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3304 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3306 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3308 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3309 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3310 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3311 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3316 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3317 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3319 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3320 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3321 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3323 #include \"filename\"
3324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3326 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3327 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3328 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3330 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3332 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3334 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3335 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3336 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3337 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3338 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3340 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3342 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3343 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3344 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3347 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3349 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3350 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3351 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3352 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3353 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3355 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3357 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3359 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3360 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3361 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3363 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3365 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3367 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3369 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3371 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3373 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3384 User defined holidays.
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3393 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3397 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3401 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3409 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3411 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3413 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3417 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3419 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3421 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3427 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3429 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3431 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3435 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3437 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3439 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3440 Sun-related holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3443 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3445 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3447 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3448 The frame setup of the calendar.
3449 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3450 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3451 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3452 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3453 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3455 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3457 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3458 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3459 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3461 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3462 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3466 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3467 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3468 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3470 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3471 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3472 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3473 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3475 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3479 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3480 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17851 10856))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3483 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3484 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3486 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3489 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3490 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17851
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3500 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3505 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3508 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3509 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3516 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3517 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
3518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3520 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3522 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3523 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3524 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3525 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3526 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3528 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3530 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3539 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3540 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3541 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3542 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3543 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3544 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3546 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3548 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3549 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3556 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3557 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3559 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3560 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3561 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3562 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3563 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3564 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3577 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3579 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3581 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3582 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3583 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3584 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3585 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3586 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3589 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3591 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3592 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3599 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3600 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3601 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3603 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3604 Major mode for editing Java code.
3605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3606 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3607 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3613 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3614 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3621 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3622 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3623 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3625 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3626 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3627 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3628 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3629 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3630 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3633 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3635 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3636 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3643 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3644 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3648 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3651 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3658 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3659 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3666 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17851 10867))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3678 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3679 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3680 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3681 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3683 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3685 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3686 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3689 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3690 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3691 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3692 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3695 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3696 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3697 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3698 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3701 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3703 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3704 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3705 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3706 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3708 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3710 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3711 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3712 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3714 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3716 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3717 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3718 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3719 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3720 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3722 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17851
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3729 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17851 10867))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3735 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3736 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3737 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3742 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3743 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3746 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3747 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3749 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3754 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3756 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3757 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3759 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3760 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3761 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3762 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3765 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3767 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3769 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3770 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3772 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3773 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3777 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3778 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3779 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3780 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3781 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3784 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3785 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3786 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3787 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3789 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3790 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3793 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3795 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3797 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3800 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3801 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3803 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3804 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3805 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3808 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3810 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3811 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3812 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3814 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3816 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3818 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3819 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3821 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3825 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3827 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3829 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3830 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3833 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3834 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3837 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3839 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3840 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3841 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3842 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3843 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3844 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3845 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3846 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3847 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3848 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3849 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3850 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3851 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3852 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3853 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3854 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3857 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3858 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3860 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3861 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3863 | (write EXPRESSION)
3864 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3865 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3868 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3871 ;; Same as: (write string)
3873 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3874 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3875 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3878 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3879 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3880 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3881 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3882 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3883 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3885 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3886 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3888 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3891 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3892 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3893 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3895 ARG := REG | integer
3898 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3901 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3904 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3907 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3908 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3911 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3912 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3913 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3921 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3924 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3925 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3929 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3930 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3933 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3934 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3936 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3939 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3943 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3944 ;; Same meaning as C code
3945 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3947 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3952 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3956 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3961 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3965 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3966 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3967 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3969 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3970 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3971 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3973 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3974 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3975 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3976 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3977 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3980 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3982 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3983 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3984 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3985 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3987 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3989 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3991 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3992 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3993 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3995 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3997 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4001 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4002 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4005 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4006 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4007 There are no special keybindings by default.
4009 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4010 to the action header.
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4017 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4018 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4024 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4027 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4028 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4029 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4030 the users will view as each check is completed.
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4036 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4037 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4038 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4039 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4040 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4041 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4043 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4047 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4048 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4049 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4050 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4051 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4052 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4054 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4058 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4059 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4060 spacing are all verified.
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4066 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4067 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4068 otherwise stop after the first error.
4070 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4074 Only documentation strings are checked.
4075 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4076 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4079 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4084 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4085 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4092 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4100 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4102 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4104 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4106 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4107 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4108 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4114 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4115 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4116 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4121 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4122 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4123 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4124 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4125 space at the end of each line.
4127 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4129 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4130 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4131 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4132 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4134 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4138 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4139 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4141 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4143 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4144 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4145 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4146 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4194 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4196 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4197 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4198 checking of documentation strings.
4200 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4207 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17851
4209 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4211 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4212 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4213 Return the length of resulting text.
4215 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4217 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4218 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4222 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4223 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4224 Return the length of resulting text.
4226 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4228 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4229 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4235 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4236 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17851 10817))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4239 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4240 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4241 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4242 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4243 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4244 editing and the result is evaluated.
4246 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4248 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4249 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4250 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4251 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4252 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4254 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4258 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4259 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4260 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4261 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4262 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4264 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4265 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4266 \\{command-history-map}
4268 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4269 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17851 10852))
4276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4278 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4279 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4280 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4281 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4282 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4283 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4285 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4286 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4290 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4291 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4294 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4297 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4301 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4302 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
4303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4305 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4306 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4307 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4308 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4310 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4311 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4312 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4313 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4315 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4316 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4318 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17851
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4326 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4327 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4328 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4329 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4330 of `scheme-program-name').
4331 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4332 it is given as initial input.
4333 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4334 discards input when it starts up.
4335 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4340 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4344 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4345 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4346 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17851 10860))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4349 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4350 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4351 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4354 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4355 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4356 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4357 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4359 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4361 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4362 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4363 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4365 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4367 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4368 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4369 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4371 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4373 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4374 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4375 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4377 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4379 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4380 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4382 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4383 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4384 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4386 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4387 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4391 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4392 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4394 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4395 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4396 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4398 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4403 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4404 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4405 ;;;;;; (17851 10817))
4406 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4408 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4409 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4410 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4411 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4412 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4413 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4414 functions have already modified the buffer.
4416 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4418 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4419 either globally or locally.")
4421 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4423 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4424 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4425 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4426 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4427 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4428 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4429 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4430 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4432 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4434 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4436 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4437 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4438 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4439 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4440 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4441 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4442 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4443 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4445 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4447 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4450 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4451 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4452 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4453 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4454 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4456 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4458 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4459 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4460 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4461 directory tracking functions.")
4463 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4464 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4465 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4467 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4469 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4471 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4472 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4473 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4475 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4477 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4479 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4480 Send COMMAND to current process.
4481 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4482 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4484 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4486 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4487 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4488 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4489 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4491 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4495 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17851
4497 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4499 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4500 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4501 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4502 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4504 This command pushes the mark in each window
4505 at the prior location of point in that window.
4506 If both windows display the same buffer,
4507 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4508 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4510 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4511 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4512 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4513 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4514 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4515 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4516 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4519 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4520 this command work in interlaced mode:
4521 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4522 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4523 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4525 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4529 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4530 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4531 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4532 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4533 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17851 10867))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4536 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4537 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4539 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4541 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4542 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4544 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4546 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4547 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4548 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4549 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4550 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4551 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4552 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4554 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4555 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4556 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4557 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4558 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4560 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4561 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4562 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4563 describing how the process finished.")
4565 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4566 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4567 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4568 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4570 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4571 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4572 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4574 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4576 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4577 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4578 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4579 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4581 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4583 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4584 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4586 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4587 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4589 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4591 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4592 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4593 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4594 (concat \"make -k \"
4595 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4597 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4598 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4600 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4601 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4602 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4603 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4605 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4607 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4608 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4609 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4610 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4612 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4613 and move to the source code that caused it.
4615 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4616 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4618 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4619 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4620 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4621 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4623 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4624 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4625 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4626 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4629 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4630 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4631 to a function that generates a unique name.
4633 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4635 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4636 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4637 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4638 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4640 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4641 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4642 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4643 to determine the buffer name.
4645 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4646 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4647 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4649 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4651 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4653 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4654 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4655 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4656 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4657 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4659 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4661 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4663 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4665 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4666 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4667 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4668 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4669 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4670 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4671 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4675 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4676 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4677 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4678 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4679 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4680 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4684 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4685 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4686 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4688 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4690 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4694 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4695 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4696 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4698 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4699 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4700 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4702 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4703 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4705 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4707 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4708 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4709 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4711 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4712 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4713 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4714 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4716 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4717 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4718 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4719 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4721 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4722 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4723 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4724 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4726 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4727 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4728 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4729 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4730 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4736 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4737 ;;;;;; (17851 10818))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4740 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4741 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4742 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4743 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4744 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4745 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4747 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4749 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4750 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4756 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4757 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4758 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4759 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17851 10818))
4760 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4762 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4763 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4764 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4765 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4768 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4770 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4771 | | 1:tc or top-center
4772 | | 2:tr or top-right
4773 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4774 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4775 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4776 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4777 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4778 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4780 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4781 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4782 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4783 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4786 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4787 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4788 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4790 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4794 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4798 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4801 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4802 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4803 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4804 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4806 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4808 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4809 Compose characters in the current region.
4811 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4812 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4814 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4816 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4817 specifying the region.
4819 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4820 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4821 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4823 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4824 of the text in the region.
4826 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4828 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4829 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4830 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4831 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4833 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4834 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4837 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4838 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4839 text in the composition.
4841 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4843 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4844 Decompose text in the current region.
4846 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4847 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4851 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4852 Compose characters in string STRING.
4854 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4855 the characters in it.
4857 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4858 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4859 STRING respectively.
4861 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4862 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4863 `compose-region' for more detail.
4865 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4866 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4867 text in the composition.
4869 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4871 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4872 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4874 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4876 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4877 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4878 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4879 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4880 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4881 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4882 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4883 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4885 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4887 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4888 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4890 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4891 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4893 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4894 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4896 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4897 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4899 If no composition is found, return nil.
4901 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4902 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4904 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4905 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4906 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4908 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4910 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4912 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4913 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4914 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4916 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4918 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4920 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4922 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4923 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4925 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4926 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4927 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4928 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4929 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4930 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4931 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4934 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4936 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4937 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4939 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4941 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4942 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4944 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4946 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4948 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4949 Compose last characters.
4950 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4951 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4952 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4953 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4954 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4955 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4956 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4957 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4958 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4959 after a sequence of character events.
4962 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4964 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4965 Convert CHAR to string.
4967 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4968 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4969 vector of CHAR respectively.
4970 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4972 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4974 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4978 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4979 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4980 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4981 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
4982 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4984 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4985 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4986 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4987 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4988 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4989 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4990 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4992 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4993 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4994 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4996 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4997 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4998 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5000 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5001 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5002 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5003 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5005 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5006 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5007 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5008 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5009 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5010 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5011 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5017 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5018 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5019 Comments start with `#'.
5020 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5022 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5032 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5033 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5034 Comments start with `;'.
5035 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5037 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5039 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5040 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5041 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5043 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5044 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5048 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5050 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5051 between `/*' and `*/'.
5052 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5054 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5055 // another kind of comment
5067 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5068 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5069 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5070 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5071 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5072 `conf-space-keywords'.
5073 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5074 in an interactive fashion instead.
5076 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5078 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5080 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5084 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5086 # Standard multimedia devices
5087 add /dev/audio desktop
5088 add /dev/mixer desktop
5092 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5093 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5094 See `conf-space-mode'.
5096 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5098 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5100 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5101 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5105 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5106 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5110 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5112 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5115 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5117 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5118 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5122 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5123 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5124 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5125 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5127 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5136 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5137 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17851 10865))
5138 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5140 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5141 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5142 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5143 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5145 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5147 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5148 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5149 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5150 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5152 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5154 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5155 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5156 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5157 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5159 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5161 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5162 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5164 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5168 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5169 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17851 10852))
5170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5172 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5173 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5174 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5175 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5176 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5177 following the copyright are updated as well.
5178 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5181 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5183 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5184 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5185 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5189 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5190 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5192 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5196 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5197 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17851 10867))
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5200 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5201 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5202 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5203 Tab indents for Perl code.
5204 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5205 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5207 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5208 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5209 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5210 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5211 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5212 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5213 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5214 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5215 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5216 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5217 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5218 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5220 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5222 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5223 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5225 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5227 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5228 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5229 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5230 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5231 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5232 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5233 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5234 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5235 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5237 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5241 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5242 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5243 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5246 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5247 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5248 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5250 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5252 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5253 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5254 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5255 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5256 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5258 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5268 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5269 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5270 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5271 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5272 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5273 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5274 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5275 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5276 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5277 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5278 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5279 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5280 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5282 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5283 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5284 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5285 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5286 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5287 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5289 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5290 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5293 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5294 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5295 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5296 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5297 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5299 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5300 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5301 span the needed amount of lines.
5303 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5304 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5305 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5306 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5308 Variables controlling indentation style:
5309 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5310 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5311 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5312 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5313 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5314 `cperl-auto-newline'
5315 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5316 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5317 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5318 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5319 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5320 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5321 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5322 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5323 `cperl-indent-level'
5324 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5325 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5326 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5327 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5328 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5329 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5330 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5331 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5332 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5333 `cperl-brace-offset'
5334 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5335 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5336 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5337 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5338 `cperl-label-offset'
5339 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5340 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5341 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5343 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5344 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5345 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5346 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5347 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5348 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5350 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5351 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5352 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5353 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5355 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5356 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5357 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5358 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5359 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5360 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5362 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5363 column 0 is indented on
5364 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5366 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5369 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5370 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5371 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5375 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5376 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5380 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5381 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5387 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5388 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5391 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5392 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5393 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5394 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5395 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5399 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5400 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5407 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5410 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5411 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5412 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5413 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5416 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5418 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5420 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5421 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5422 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5426 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5430 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5431 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5434 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5435 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5436 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5437 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5439 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5440 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5441 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5442 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5444 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5445 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5446 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5448 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5449 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5452 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5453 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5454 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5456 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5458 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5459 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5460 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5462 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5466 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5467 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5470 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5471 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5472 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5474 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5475 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5477 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5479 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5480 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5481 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5482 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5483 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5485 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5486 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5487 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5488 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5489 function of these prefix keys.
5491 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5492 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5494 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5495 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5496 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5498 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5499 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5500 the prefix fallback behavior.
5502 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5503 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5504 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5505 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5509 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5510 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5513 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5514 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5515 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5516 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5517 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5518 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5519 (if user-init-file (concat
5520 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5521 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5525 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5526 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5527 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5528 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5529 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5530 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5531 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5532 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5533 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5534 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5535 ;;;;;; (17851 10819))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5538 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5539 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5541 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5543 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5544 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5546 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5548 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5549 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5551 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5552 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5554 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5555 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5557 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5558 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5560 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5561 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5563 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5565 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5567 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5568 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5569 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5571 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5572 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5574 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5575 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5577 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5578 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5580 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5581 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5583 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5585 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5587 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5588 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5591 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5592 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5594 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5595 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5597 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5598 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5600 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5601 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5603 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5605 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5607 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5608 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5609 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5610 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5611 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5615 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5616 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5617 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5618 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5627 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5628 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5632 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5634 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5635 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5637 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5639 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5641 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5642 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5643 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5645 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5647 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5648 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5649 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5650 as part of Emacs itself.
5652 Each elements looks like this:
5654 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5656 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5657 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5658 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5659 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5660 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5661 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5662 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5665 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5667 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5668 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5669 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5670 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5671 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5673 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5674 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5675 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5676 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5678 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5680 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5681 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5682 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5683 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5684 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5686 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5687 that were added or redefined since that version.
5689 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5691 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5693 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5694 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5696 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5697 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5699 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5701 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5703 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5705 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5706 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5708 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5710 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5715 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5720 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all already saved user options.
5725 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5726 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5727 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5728 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5729 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5730 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5731 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5732 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5734 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5736 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5738 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5739 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5741 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5748 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5751 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5753 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5754 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5755 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5756 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5757 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5760 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5762 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5763 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5764 The result includes selecting that window.
5765 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5766 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5767 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5770 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5772 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5773 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5775 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5777 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5778 File used for storing customization information.
5779 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5780 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5781 it should be an absolute file name.
5783 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5784 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5785 something like the following in your init file:
5787 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5790 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5791 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5793 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5794 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5795 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5796 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5797 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5799 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5800 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5801 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5802 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5803 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5804 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5805 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5806 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5807 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5808 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5810 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5812 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5817 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5822 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5824 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5826 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5828 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5830 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5831 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5832 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5834 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5838 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5839 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17851 10821))
5840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5842 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5843 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5845 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5847 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5848 Alist of face attributes.
5850 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5851 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5852 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5853 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5854 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5855 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5857 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5858 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5859 customization type TYPE).
5861 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5862 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5863 given face attribute.")
5865 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5866 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5867 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5868 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5870 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5872 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5873 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5874 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5875 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5876 between themes and faces.
5877 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5879 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5880 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5882 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5884 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5885 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5886 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5890 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5892 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5894 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5895 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5896 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5898 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5902 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5904 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5908 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5909 ;;;;;; (17851 10821))
5910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5912 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5913 Create a custom theme.
5919 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5920 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5923 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5924 Mode used for cvs status output.
5930 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5931 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17851 10867))
5932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5934 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5935 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5937 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5938 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5939 C++ modes are included.
5941 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5945 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5948 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5949 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5953 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5954 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5955 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5957 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5958 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5960 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5962 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5963 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5964 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5965 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5966 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5972 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5973 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5974 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5982 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5985 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5987 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5988 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5989 For readability, the table is slightly
5990 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5992 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5993 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5994 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5995 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5996 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5998 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6002 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6003 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
6004 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6005 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6006 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6008 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6009 Completion on current word.
6010 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6011 and presents suggestions for completion.
6013 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6014 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6017 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6018 then it searches *all* buffers.
6020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6022 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6023 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6025 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6026 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6027 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6028 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6029 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6031 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6032 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6034 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6035 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6036 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6038 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6039 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6041 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6047 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17851
6049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6051 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6052 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6054 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6055 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6056 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6058 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6059 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6060 Data lines are not indented.
6065 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6067 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6068 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6069 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6070 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6072 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6075 Extra indentation within blocks.
6077 dcl-continuation-offset
6078 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6081 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6083 dcl-margin-label-offset
6084 Indentation for a label.
6086 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6087 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6089 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6090 dcl-block-end-regexp
6091 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6092 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6093 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6094 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6095 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6097 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6098 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6099 Two such functions are included in the package:
6100 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6101 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6103 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6104 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6105 One such function is included in the package:
6106 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6108 dcl-tab-always-indent
6109 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6110 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6113 dcl-electric-characters
6114 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6117 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6118 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6119 which words trigger electric indentation.
6122 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6123 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6124 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6126 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6127 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6128 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6129 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6131 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6132 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6133 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6134 dcl-imenu-label-call
6135 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6137 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6138 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6139 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6140 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6143 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6145 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6146 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6147 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6149 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6150 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6154 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6155 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6156 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6157 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6158 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6159 \"lined up with the command line\"
6161 Data lines are not indented at all.
6162 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6168 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6174 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17851 10852))
6176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6178 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6180 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6181 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6182 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6185 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6186 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6187 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6189 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6191 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6192 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6194 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6196 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6197 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6198 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6199 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6200 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6201 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6203 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6204 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6206 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6208 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6209 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6210 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6211 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6212 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6214 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6218 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6219 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6222 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6223 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6227 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6228 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6229 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6230 Upper-case letters are commands.
6232 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6235 The most useful commands are:
6236 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6237 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6238 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6239 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6240 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6241 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6247 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6248 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17851
6250 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6253 Customization of `columns' group.
6257 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6258 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6260 START and END delimits the text region.
6262 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6264 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6265 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6267 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6269 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6273 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17851
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6277 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6278 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6279 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6280 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6281 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6282 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6284 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6288 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6289 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6290 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6291 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6292 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6293 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6294 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6295 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6296 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6297 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6298 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6299 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6301 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6302 Directories to search when finding external units.
6303 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6304 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6308 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6309 Face used to color delphi comments.
6310 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6311 Face used to color delphi strings.
6312 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6313 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6314 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6315 Face used to color everything else.
6317 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6318 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6320 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6324 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17851
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6328 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6330 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6331 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6332 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6333 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6334 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6335 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6337 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6339 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6340 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6341 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6344 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6345 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6346 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6353 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6354 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17851 10852))
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6357 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6358 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6360 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6362 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6363 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6364 or nil if there is no parent.
6365 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6366 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6367 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6368 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6369 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6371 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6372 arguments are currently understood:
6374 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6375 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6377 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6378 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6380 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6381 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6383 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6385 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6387 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6388 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6389 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6391 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6392 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6394 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6395 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6396 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6398 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6399 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6401 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6402 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6404 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6406 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6408 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6409 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6410 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6411 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6412 the first time the mode is used.
6414 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6418 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6419 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17851 10822))
6420 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6422 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6423 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6424 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6425 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6426 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6429 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6431 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6432 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6433 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6434 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6435 character composition information (if relevant),
6436 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6442 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6443 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6444 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6445 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17851 10822))
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6448 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6449 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6450 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6452 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6454 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6455 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6456 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6457 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6458 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6459 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6463 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6464 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6465 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6466 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6468 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6470 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6471 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6472 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6474 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6475 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6476 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6478 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6479 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6481 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6482 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6483 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6485 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6486 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6487 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6488 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6490 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6492 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6493 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6495 Handlers are called with argument list
6497 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6499 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6501 desktop-file-version
6502 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6503 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6504 desktop-buffer-point
6506 desktop-buffer-read-only
6507 desktop-buffer-locals
6509 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6510 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6512 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6515 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6517 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6518 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6520 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6522 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6524 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6525 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6526 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6527 List elements must have the form
6529 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6531 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6534 Handlers are called with argument list
6536 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6538 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6540 desktop-file-version
6541 desktop-buffer-file-name
6543 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6544 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6545 desktop-buffer-point
6547 desktop-buffer-read-only
6550 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6551 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6554 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6557 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6559 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6560 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6562 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6564 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6566 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6568 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6570 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6571 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6572 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6576 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6577 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6578 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6579 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6581 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6583 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6584 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6585 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6589 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6590 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6591 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6592 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6593 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6594 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6595 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6596 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6598 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6600 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6601 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6602 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6606 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6607 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6608 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6609 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6612 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6615 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6619 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6620 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6626 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6627 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6628 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17851 10856))
6629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6631 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6632 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6633 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6634 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6635 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6636 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6638 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6640 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6641 Repair a broken attribution line.
6642 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6644 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6646 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6647 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6648 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6649 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6651 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6653 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6654 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6660 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6661 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17851 10861))
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6664 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6669 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6671 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6678 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6679 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17851 10852))
6680 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6682 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6683 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6684 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6685 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6686 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6690 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6691 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6692 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6693 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6695 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6696 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6697 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6698 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6701 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6703 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6704 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6705 european-calendar-style t \\
6706 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6707 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6708 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6710 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6711 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6712 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6713 to run it every morning at 1am.
6715 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6717 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6718 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6724 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6725 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17851 10822))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6728 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6729 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6733 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6734 *The command to use to run diff.")
6736 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6738 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6739 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6740 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6741 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6742 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6743 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6745 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6747 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6748 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6749 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6750 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6751 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6752 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6754 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6758 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6759 ;;;;;; (17851 10822))
6760 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6762 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6763 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6764 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6766 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6767 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6768 headers for you on-the-fly.
6770 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6771 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6772 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6777 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6778 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6779 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6785 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6786 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6787 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6788 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6789 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17851 10823))
6790 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6792 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6793 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6794 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6795 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6796 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6797 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6798 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6799 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6801 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6803 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6804 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6806 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6807 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6808 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6809 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6810 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6812 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6813 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6815 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6816 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6817 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6818 always set this variable to t.")
6820 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6822 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6823 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6824 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6825 A value of t means move to first file.")
6827 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6829 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6830 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6831 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6832 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6833 are afterward marked with that character.")
6835 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6837 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6838 *Controls marking of copied files.
6839 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6840 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6842 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6844 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6845 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6846 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6847 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6849 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6851 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6852 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6853 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6854 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6856 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6858 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6859 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6860 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6861 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6863 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6865 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6867 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6868 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6869 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6871 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6873 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6874 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6875 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6876 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6877 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6878 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6880 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6881 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6882 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6883 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6884 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6885 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6886 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6887 list of files to make directory entries for.
6888 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6889 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6890 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6891 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6893 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6895 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6896 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6898 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6899 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6901 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6902 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6904 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6905 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6907 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6910 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6912 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6914 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6915 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6916 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6917 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6918 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6919 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6920 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6921 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6922 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6923 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6924 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6925 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6926 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6927 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6928 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6929 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6930 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6931 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6932 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6933 to see why something went wrong.
6934 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6935 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6936 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6937 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6938 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6939 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6940 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6941 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6942 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6943 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6944 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6945 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6946 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6948 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6949 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6950 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6951 again for the directory tree.
6953 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6956 `dired-listing-switches'
6957 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6958 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6961 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6962 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6963 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6964 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6966 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6968 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6969 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6976 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6977 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6981 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6982 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6983 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6984 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6985 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6986 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6987 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6988 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6989 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6990 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6991 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6992 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6993 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6994 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17851 10822))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6997 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6998 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6999 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7000 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7001 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7002 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7003 which is options for `diff'.
7005 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7007 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7008 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7009 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7010 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7011 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7012 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7014 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7016 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7017 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7018 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7019 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7020 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7021 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7022 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7024 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7026 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7027 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7028 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7029 returned by function `file-attributes'
7031 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7032 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7034 Examples of PREDICATE:
7036 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7037 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7038 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7039 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7040 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7042 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7044 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7045 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7046 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7050 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7060 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7061 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7066 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7067 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7068 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7069 `lpr-switches' as default.
7071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7073 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7075 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7076 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7077 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7079 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7080 with a prefix argument.
7084 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7085 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7086 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7087 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7088 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7090 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7091 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7093 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7094 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7095 file name substituted for `?'.
7097 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7098 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7100 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7101 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7102 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7103 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7105 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7107 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7108 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7109 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7111 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7112 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7115 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7116 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7117 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7119 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7121 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7124 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7128 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7129 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7130 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7131 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7132 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7133 from the buffer as well.
7134 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7135 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7136 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7138 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7140 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7143 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7145 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7148 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7165 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7166 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7167 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7168 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7170 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7171 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7172 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7173 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7174 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7175 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7176 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7178 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7180 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7183 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7185 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7188 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7190 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7191 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7193 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7195 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7198 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7200 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7203 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7205 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7208 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7210 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7211 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7212 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7213 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7214 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7215 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7216 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7217 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7218 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7220 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7225 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7226 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7227 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7228 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7229 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7230 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7231 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7232 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7238 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7239 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7240 and new hard links are made in that directory
7241 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7242 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7243 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7247 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7248 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7249 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7250 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7251 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7252 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7253 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7257 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7258 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7260 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7261 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7262 file if none are marked.
7264 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7265 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7266 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7267 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7269 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7270 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7272 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7274 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7275 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7276 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7278 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7280 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7281 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7282 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7284 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7286 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7287 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7288 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7290 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7297 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7298 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7302 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7303 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7304 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7305 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7306 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7307 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7309 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7311 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7312 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7313 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7314 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7315 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7316 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7317 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7319 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7321 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7322 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7323 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7324 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7325 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7326 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7328 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7330 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7332 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7333 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7334 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7336 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7338 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7340 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7341 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7345 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7346 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7347 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7348 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7352 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7353 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7354 Lower levels are unaffected.
7356 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7363 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Go down in the dired tree.
7368 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7370 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7371 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7375 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7376 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7377 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7378 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7382 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7383 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7384 Stops when a match is found.
7385 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7389 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7390 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7391 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7392 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7393 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7395 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7397 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7398 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7399 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7400 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7402 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7406 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17851 10823))
7407 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7409 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7410 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7411 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7412 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7413 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7414 buffer and try again.
7416 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17851 10823))
7421 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7423 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7424 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7425 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7427 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7429 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7430 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7432 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7433 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7435 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7439 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17851
7441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7443 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7444 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7445 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7446 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7447 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7448 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7450 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7454 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7455 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7456 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7457 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7458 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17851 10823))
7459 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7461 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7462 Return a new, empty display table.
7466 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7467 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7468 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7469 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7470 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7472 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7474 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7475 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7476 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7477 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7478 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7480 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7482 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7487 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7488 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7492 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7493 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7497 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7498 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7502 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C using printable string S.
7507 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7508 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7509 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7510 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7512 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7514 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7515 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7516 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7519 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7521 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7522 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7524 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7526 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7527 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7529 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7531 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7532 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7534 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7535 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7536 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7537 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7539 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7540 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7541 European character display.
7543 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7544 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7545 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7546 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7548 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7549 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7550 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7551 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7552 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7558 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7559 ;;;;;; (17851 10865))
7560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7562 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7563 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7564 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7565 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7566 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7567 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7568 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17851 10823))
7576 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7578 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7579 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7580 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7581 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7582 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7583 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7585 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7586 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7587 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7588 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7589 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7591 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7595 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7596 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17851 10872))
7597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7599 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7600 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7601 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7602 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7603 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7604 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7605 table and its own syntax table.
7607 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7610 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7612 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7613 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7616 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7620 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17851 10865))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7623 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7624 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7630 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7631 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7634 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7637 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7639 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7641 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7643 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7645 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7646 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17851 10865))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7655 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7656 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7662 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7663 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7666 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7667 Play sounds in message buffers.
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7674 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7675 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17851 10852))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7678 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7680 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7681 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7682 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7683 and toggle command MODE.
7685 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7686 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7687 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7688 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7689 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7690 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7691 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7692 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7695 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7696 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7697 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7698 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7699 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7700 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7701 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7702 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7703 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7704 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7705 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7706 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7707 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7708 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7709 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7710 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7711 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7713 For example, you could write
7714 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7715 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7718 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7720 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7722 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7723 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7724 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7725 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7726 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7727 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7728 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7729 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7730 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7731 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7732 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7733 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7735 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7736 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7737 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7738 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7739 call another major mode in their body.
7741 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7743 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7744 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7745 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7746 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7747 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7748 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7749 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7751 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7753 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7756 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7758 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7759 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7760 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7762 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7767 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17851
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7771 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7773 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7774 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7776 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7777 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7778 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7780 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7781 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7785 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7786 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7790 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7791 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7795 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7796 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7798 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7800 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7802 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7804 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7805 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7807 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7808 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7810 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7812 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7814 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7818 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7819 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7820 computed automatically.
7821 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7825 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7827 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7828 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7829 keyboard equivalent.
7833 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7834 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7838 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7839 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7843 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7844 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7848 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7852 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7853 radio: A radio button.
7854 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7855 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7857 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7861 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7862 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7866 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7868 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7869 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7870 as a solid horizontal line.
7872 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7874 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7876 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7879 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7881 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7882 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7883 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7884 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7886 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7888 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7889 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7890 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7891 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7892 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7893 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7895 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7896 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7897 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7899 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7900 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7901 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7903 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7904 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7906 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7910 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7911 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7912 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7913 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7914 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7915 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7916 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17851 10867))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7920 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7921 Customization for ebnf group.
7925 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7926 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7928 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7930 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7933 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7937 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7938 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7940 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7941 killed after process termination.
7943 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7945 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7948 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7950 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7951 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7954 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7955 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7956 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7957 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7959 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7961 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7962 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7963 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7965 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7967 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7968 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7970 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7972 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7975 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7977 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7979 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7980 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7982 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7983 killed after process termination.
7985 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7987 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7989 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7990 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7991 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7992 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7994 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7998 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7999 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8000 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8002 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8004 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8006 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8007 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8009 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8011 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8014 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8016 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8018 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8021 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8022 killed after EPS generation.
8024 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8026 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8028 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8029 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8031 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8032 The EPS file name has the following form:
8034 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8036 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8037 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8039 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8040 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8041 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8042 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8044 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8048 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8049 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8051 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8052 The EPS file name has the following form:
8054 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8056 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8057 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8059 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8060 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8061 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8062 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8064 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8066 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8068 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8070 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8071 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8073 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8075 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8078 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8080 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8082 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8083 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8085 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8086 killed after syntax checking.
8088 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8090 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8092 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8093 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8097 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8100 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8102 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8103 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8107 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8108 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8110 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8112 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8121 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8122 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8126 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Set STYLE as the current style.
8131 It returns the old style symbol.
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Reset current style.
8140 It returns the old style symbol.
8142 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8144 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8149 It returns the old style symbol.
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8153 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8155 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8156 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8158 It returns the old style symbol.
8160 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8166 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8167 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8168 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8169 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8170 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8171 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8172 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8173 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8174 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8175 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8176 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17822
8178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8180 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8181 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8182 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8183 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8184 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8185 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8187 Tree mode key bindings:
8188 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8192 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8193 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8197 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8198 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8200 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8204 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8205 View declaration of member at point.
8209 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8210 Find declaration of member at point.
8214 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8215 View definition of member at point.
8219 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8220 Find definition of member at point.
8224 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8225 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8229 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8230 View definition of member at point in other window.
8234 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8235 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8239 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8240 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8244 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8245 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8249 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8250 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8254 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8255 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8256 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8257 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8260 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8262 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8263 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8264 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8265 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8267 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8269 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8270 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8271 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8272 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8274 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8276 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8277 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8278 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8280 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Search for call sites of a member.
8284 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8285 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8286 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8287 looks like a function call to the member.
8289 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8291 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8292 Move backward in the position stack.
8293 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8297 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8298 Move forward in the position stack.
8299 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8304 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8308 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8309 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8313 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8314 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8315 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8316 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8318 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8321 Display statistics for a class tree.
8327 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8328 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8329 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8331 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8332 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8333 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8334 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8336 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8337 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8338 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8340 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8341 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8342 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8344 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8346 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8352 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8353 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17851 10823))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8356 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8357 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8358 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8360 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8364 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8365 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8366 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17851 10852))
8367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8369 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8370 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8371 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8372 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8373 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8375 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8376 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8377 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8378 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8380 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8382 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8383 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8384 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8385 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8387 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8389 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8390 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8391 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8392 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8394 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8396 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8398 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8399 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8400 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8401 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8402 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8404 If you do this on a function definition
8405 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8406 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8407 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8408 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8410 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8411 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8412 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8413 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8418 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8419 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8423 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8424 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8430 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8431 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8432 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8433 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8434 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8435 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8436 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8437 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8438 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8439 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17851 10823))
8440 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8442 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8443 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8445 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8447 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8450 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8452 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8454 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8456 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8457 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8458 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8459 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8463 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8464 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8466 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8468 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8473 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8475 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8479 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8480 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8482 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8484 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8488 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8489 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8491 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8493 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8497 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8498 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8500 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8502 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8504 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8505 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8506 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8507 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8509 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8511 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8514 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8515 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8516 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8517 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8518 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8520 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8522 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8524 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8525 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8527 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8529 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8531 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8532 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8533 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8534 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8536 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8538 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8540 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8543 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8544 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8546 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8547 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8549 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8552 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8553 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8555 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8556 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8558 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8560 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8561 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8562 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8563 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8564 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8566 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8568 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8569 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8570 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8571 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8572 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8573 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8575 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8577 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8579 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8580 Merge two files without ancestor.
8582 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8584 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8585 Merge two files with ancestor.
8587 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8589 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8591 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8592 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8594 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8596 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8597 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8599 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8603 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8606 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8610 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8613 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8615 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8616 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8617 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8618 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8622 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8623 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8624 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8625 and don't ask the user.
8626 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8627 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8629 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8631 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8632 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8633 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8634 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8635 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8636 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8637 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8638 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8640 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8642 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8644 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8646 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8647 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8648 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8649 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8650 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8652 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8654 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8656 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8657 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8658 When called interactively, displays the version.
8662 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8663 Display Ediff's manual.
8664 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8666 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8670 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8671 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17851 10823))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8684 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8685 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8687 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8689 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8693 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8694 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8698 Display Ediff's registry.
8702 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8706 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8707 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17851 10823))
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8710 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8711 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8712 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8717 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8718 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8719 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8720 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8726 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8727 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8728 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8731 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8732 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8733 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8735 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8736 Edit a keyboard macro.
8737 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8738 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8739 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8741 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8743 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8745 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8746 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8748 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8750 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8751 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8753 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8755 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8756 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8757 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8758 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8759 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8760 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8762 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8763 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8764 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8765 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8767 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8769 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8770 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8771 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8772 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8773 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8774 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8776 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8780 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8781 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17851 10853))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8784 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8786 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8787 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8789 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8791 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8792 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8798 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8799 ;;;;;; (17851 10823))
8800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8802 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8803 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8804 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8805 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8806 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8807 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8808 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8809 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8811 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8812 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8814 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8815 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8816 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8817 this value is non-nil.
8819 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8820 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8821 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8823 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8824 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8825 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8827 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8829 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8832 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8837 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17851 10853))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8840 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8841 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8843 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8845 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8846 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8847 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8848 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8849 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8850 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8851 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8853 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8857 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8858 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8862 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8863 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8864 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8865 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8866 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8867 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8870 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8871 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8875 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17851
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8879 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8880 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8882 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8883 an elided material again.
8885 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8891 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8892 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8895 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8903 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17851
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8907 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8908 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8909 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8911 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8913 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8914 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8915 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8917 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8919 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8920 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8921 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8923 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8925 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8927 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8928 Display current profiling results.
8929 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8930 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8941 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8942 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8943 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8945 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8949 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8950 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8951 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8952 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8953 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17197 14700))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8956 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8957 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8958 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8959 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8960 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8961 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8962 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8963 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8964 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8965 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8966 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8967 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8968 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8969 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8970 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8971 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8973 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8974 Run Emerge on two files.
8976 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8978 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8979 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8981 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8983 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8984 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8986 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8988 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8989 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8991 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8993 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8998 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9003 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9006 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9008 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9011 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9013 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9014 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9016 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9018 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9019 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9021 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9023 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9026 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9031 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9034 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9035 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9036 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9039 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9041 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9043 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9044 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9045 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9047 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9048 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9051 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9052 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9053 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9060 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17851 10872))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9063 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9064 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9065 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9066 text/enriched format.
9067 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9069 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9070 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9074 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9078 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9081 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9083 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9086 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9091 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17851 10855))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9094 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9095 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9099 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9100 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9101 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9102 (server (erc-compute-server))
9103 (port (erc-compute-port))
9104 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9106 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9108 That is, if called with
9110 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9112 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9113 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9114 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9116 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9118 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9119 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9120 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9121 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9123 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17851
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9130 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17851 10855))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17842 54344))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17851 10855))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9152 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9153 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17851 10855))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9156 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9157 Parser for /dcc command.
9158 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9159 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9160 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9162 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9164 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9165 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9169 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9170 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9172 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9173 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9174 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9177 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9182 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9183 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9184 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9185 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9188 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9189 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9191 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9193 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9194 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9195 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9196 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9198 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9200 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9203 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9205 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9206 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9208 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9210 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9211 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9213 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9215 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9216 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9218 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9220 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9221 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9223 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9225 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9226 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9228 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9230 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9231 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9233 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9235 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9236 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9240 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9241 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9247 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17851
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9252 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9253 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9254 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17851
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9267 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9268 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17851 10855))
9269 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9270 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9272 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9273 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9274 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9275 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9276 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9277 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9280 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9282 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9285 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9289 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9290 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9291 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9293 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17851 10855))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9302 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9307 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17851 10855))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9309 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9311 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9312 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9313 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9314 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9315 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9316 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9318 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9320 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9321 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9322 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9323 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9325 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9326 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9329 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9330 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9332 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9336 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9337 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9338 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9339 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9341 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9343 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9344 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9348 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9349 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9353 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9354 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9358 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9359 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9363 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9364 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9368 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9369 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9373 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9374 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9378 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9379 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17851 10855))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9387 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9392 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9394 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9396 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9403 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9404 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17851 10855))
9405 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9407 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9408 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9409 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9410 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9414 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9415 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9422 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17851 10855))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9426 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9427 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9428 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9429 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9431 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9433 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17851 10855))
9441 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9442 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17851
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9449 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17851 10855))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17851 10855))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9461 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9465 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9466 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17851 10855))
9467 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9468 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9470 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9471 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9475 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9476 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9477 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9479 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17851 10855))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9485 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9490 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9493 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9494 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9495 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17851
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9504 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17851 10855))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17851 10855))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9517 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9522 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17851 10855))
9523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9524 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9526 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9527 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9528 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9529 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9531 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9533 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9534 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9535 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9541 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9542 ;;;;;; (17851 10855))
9543 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9545 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9546 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9552 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17851
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9556 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9557 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9565 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17851
9567 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9569 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9570 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9577 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17851 10856))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9580 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9581 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9582 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9583 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9584 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9585 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9586 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9587 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9588 buffer selected (or created).
9590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9592 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9593 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9594 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9596 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9598 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9599 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9600 The result might be any Lisp object.
9601 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9602 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9603 corresponding to a successful execution.
9605 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9607 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9608 Report a bug in Eshell.
9609 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9610 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9616 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9617 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9618 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9619 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9620 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9621 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9622 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9623 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
9624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9626 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9627 *File name of tags table.
9628 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9629 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9630 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9631 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9633 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9634 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9635 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9636 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9638 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9640 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9641 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9642 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9643 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9644 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9645 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9647 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9649 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9650 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9651 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9652 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9653 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9654 `auto-compression-mode').")
9656 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9658 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9659 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9660 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9661 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9662 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9664 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9666 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9667 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9668 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9669 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9671 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9673 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9674 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9675 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9676 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9677 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9679 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9681 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9682 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9686 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9687 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9688 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9689 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9691 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9692 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9693 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9694 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9695 file the tag was in.
9697 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9699 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9700 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9701 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9702 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9703 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9704 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9705 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9706 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9707 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9709 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9711 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9712 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9713 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9714 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9715 without directory names.
9719 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9720 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9721 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9722 but does not select the buffer.
9723 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9725 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9726 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9727 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9728 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9729 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9731 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9733 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9734 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9735 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9737 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9739 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9741 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9742 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9743 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9744 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9746 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9747 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9748 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9749 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9750 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9752 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9754 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9755 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9756 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9758 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9760 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9761 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9763 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9764 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9765 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9766 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9767 around or before point.
9769 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9770 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9771 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9772 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9773 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9775 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9777 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9778 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9779 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9781 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9783 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9784 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9786 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9787 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9788 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9789 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9790 around or before point.
9792 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9793 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9794 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9795 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9796 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9798 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9800 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9801 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9802 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9804 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9806 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9807 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9809 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9810 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9811 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9813 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9814 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9815 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9816 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9817 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9819 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9821 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9822 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9823 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9825 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9827 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9828 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9829 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9831 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9832 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9834 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9835 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9836 where they were found.
9840 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9841 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9843 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9844 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9845 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9847 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9848 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9850 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9851 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9853 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9855 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9856 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9857 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9858 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9860 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9861 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9862 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9863 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9864 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9866 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9867 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9869 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9870 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9871 Stops when a match is found.
9872 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9874 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9876 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9878 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9879 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9880 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9881 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9882 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9884 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9886 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9888 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9889 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9890 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9891 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9892 directory specification.
9894 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9896 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9897 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9899 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9901 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9902 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9903 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9904 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9908 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9909 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9910 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9911 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9912 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9918 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9919 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9920 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9921 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9922 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9923 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9924 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9925 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17851 10861))
9926 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9928 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9933 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9935 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9936 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9938 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9939 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9942 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9943 even if the buffer is read-only.
9945 See also the descriptions of the variables
9946 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9947 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9949 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9951 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9952 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9954 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9955 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9957 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9958 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9961 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9962 buffer is read-only.
9964 See also the descriptions of the variables
9965 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9966 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9968 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9970 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9971 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9972 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9979 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9980 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9982 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9983 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9987 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9988 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9989 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9990 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9992 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9994 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9995 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9996 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9997 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9999 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10000 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10001 the primary language.
10003 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10004 buffer is read-only.
10006 See also the descriptions of the variables
10007 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10008 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10010 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10012 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10013 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10014 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10015 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10017 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10018 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10021 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10022 buffer is read-only.
10024 See also the descriptions of the variables
10025 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10026 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10028 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10030 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10031 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10032 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10036 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10037 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10039 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10040 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10041 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10042 3) convert the body into SERA.
10044 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10048 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10049 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10050 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10052 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10059 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10060 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10062 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10063 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10066 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10067 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10068 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10070 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10072 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10074 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Allow the user to input special characters.
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10081 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10090 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10091 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10093 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10094 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10096 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10097 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10101 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10102 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10106 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10107 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10111 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10112 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10118 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10119 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10120 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10123 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10124 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10125 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10126 server for future sessions.
10128 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10130 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10131 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10132 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10134 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10136 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10137 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10138 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10140 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10142 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10143 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10144 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10145 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10146 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10147 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10148 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10149 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10150 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10151 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10152 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10153 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10155 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10157 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10158 Display a form to query the directory server.
10159 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10160 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10162 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10164 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10165 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10166 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10170 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10174 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10175 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10176 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17851 10863))
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10179 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
10180 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10182 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10184 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
10185 Display URL and make it clickable.
10187 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10189 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
10190 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10192 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10194 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
10195 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10197 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10199 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
10200 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10202 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10204 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
10205 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10207 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10211 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10212 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17851 10863))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10215 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
10216 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10217 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
10222 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10229 ;;;;;; (17851 10863))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10232 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10233 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10239 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17851
10241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10243 (autoload (quote ewoc-create
) "ewoc" "\
10244 Create an empty ewoc.
10246 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10248 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10249 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10250 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10251 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10252 `insert-before-markers'.
10254 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10255 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10256 respectively, of the ewoc.
10258 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10259 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10260 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10262 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10267 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10268 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10269 ;;;;;; (17851 10867))
10270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10272 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
10273 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10274 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10276 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10278 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
10279 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10280 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10281 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10282 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10286 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
10287 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10288 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10289 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10290 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10293 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10295 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
10296 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10297 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10301 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
10302 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10303 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10310 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10311 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17851 10827))
10312 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10314 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
10315 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10316 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10317 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10319 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10321 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10322 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10323 to generate such functions.
10325 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10326 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10327 beginning of the expanded text.
10329 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10330 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10331 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10332 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10334 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10336 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10338 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
10339 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10340 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10344 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
10345 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10346 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10349 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10350 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10354 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17851 10867))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10357 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
10358 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10359 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10361 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10362 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10363 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10365 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10370 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10373 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10375 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10377 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10378 `f90-program-indent'
10379 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10381 `f90-continuation-indent'
10382 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10383 `f90-comment-region'
10384 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10385 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10386 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10387 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10389 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10390 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10391 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10392 `f90-break-delimiters'
10393 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10394 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10395 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10396 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10398 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10399 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10401 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10402 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10403 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10404 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10405 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10406 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10407 `f90-leave-line-no'
10408 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10410 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10411 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10417 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10418 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10419 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10420 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10421 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17851 10827))
10422 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10423 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
10424 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
10426 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
10427 Menu keymap for faces.")
10429 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
10431 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
10432 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10434 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
10436 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
10437 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10439 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
10441 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10442 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10444 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10446 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10447 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10449 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10451 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10452 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10454 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10456 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10457 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10459 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10461 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10463 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10465 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10467 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10468 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10470 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10471 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10472 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10473 to the faces to use for the next character
10474 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10475 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10477 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10478 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10479 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10480 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10481 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10482 preceding faces (including FACE).
10484 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10485 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10487 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10489 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10490 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10491 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10493 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10494 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10497 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10498 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10499 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10501 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10503 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10504 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10505 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10507 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10508 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10511 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10512 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10513 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10515 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10517 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10518 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10519 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10520 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10521 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10522 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10523 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10525 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10526 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10529 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10530 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10531 to insert cancels the specification.
10533 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10535 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10536 Make the region invisible.
10537 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10538 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10542 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10543 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10544 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10545 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10549 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10550 Make the region unmodifiable.
10551 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10552 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10556 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10557 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10561 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10562 Remove all text properties from the region.
10564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10566 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10567 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10568 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10573 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10575 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10577 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10578 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10579 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10580 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10581 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10582 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10584 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10588 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10589 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10590 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17753 42784))
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10593 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10594 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10595 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10596 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10600 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10601 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10605 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10606 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10607 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10608 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10612 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10613 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10614 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10615 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10616 backup file names and the like).
10618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10620 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10621 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10622 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10623 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10624 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10625 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10626 internally by feedmail):
10628 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10629 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10630 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10631 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10633 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10634 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10635 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10636 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10637 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10639 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10643 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10644 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17851 10827))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10647 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10648 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10649 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10650 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10651 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10652 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10653 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10655 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10657 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10658 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10659 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10660 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10661 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10662 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10663 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10665 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10667 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10669 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10670 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10671 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10672 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10673 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10674 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10676 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10678 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10679 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10680 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10682 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10683 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10688 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10689 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10691 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10693 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10694 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10700 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10701 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10702 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10703 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17851 10827))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10706 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10707 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10708 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10709 be added to the cache.
10711 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10713 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10714 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10715 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10716 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10717 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10719 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10721 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10722 Add FILE to the file cache.
10726 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10727 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10728 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10730 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10732 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10733 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10734 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10736 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10738 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10739 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10740 This function does not use any external programs
10741 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10742 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10743 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10745 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10747 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10748 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10749 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10750 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10751 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10752 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10753 \(directories) is done.
10756 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10757 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10758 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17851
10764 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10766 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10767 Filesets initialization.
10768 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17851 10872))
10775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10776 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10780 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10781 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10782 ;;;;;; (17851 10827))
10783 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10785 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10786 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10787 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10788 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10789 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10791 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10793 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10794 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10795 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10796 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10797 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10799 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10801 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10802 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10803 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10804 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10806 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10808 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10809 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10810 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10812 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10814 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10815 as the final argument.
10817 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10819 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10820 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10821 and run dired on those files.
10822 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10823 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10825 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10827 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10829 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10830 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10831 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10833 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10835 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10837 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10841 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10842 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10843 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
10844 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10846 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10847 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10848 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10849 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10850 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10851 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10852 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10854 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10855 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10856 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10858 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10860 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10862 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10864 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10865 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10866 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10868 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10869 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10871 Variables of interest include:
10873 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10874 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10875 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10877 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10878 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10879 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10881 - `ff-ignore-include'
10882 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10884 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10885 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10888 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10890 - `ff-special-constructs'
10891 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10892 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10893 extracting the filename from that construct.
10895 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10896 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10898 - `ff-search-directories'
10899 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10900 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10902 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10903 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10905 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10906 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10908 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10911 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10914 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10915 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10917 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10919 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10920 Visit the file you click on.
10922 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10924 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10925 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10927 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10931 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10932 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10933 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10934 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10935 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10936 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10937 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17851 10853))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10940 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10941 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10943 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10945 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10946 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10947 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10948 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10950 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10951 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10952 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10953 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10955 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10957 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10958 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10960 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10961 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10962 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10963 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10965 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10966 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10969 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10971 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10972 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10974 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10975 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10976 places point before the definition.
10977 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10979 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10980 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10981 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10983 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10985 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10986 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10988 See `find-function' for more details.
10990 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10992 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10993 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10995 See `find-function' for more details.
10997 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10999 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11000 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11002 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11003 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11004 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11006 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11007 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11009 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11011 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11012 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11014 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11015 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11016 places point before the definition.
11018 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11020 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11021 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11022 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11024 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11026 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11027 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11029 See `find-variable' for more details.
11031 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11033 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11034 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11036 See `find-variable' for more details.
11038 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11040 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11041 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11042 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11043 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11044 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11045 buffer nor display it.
11047 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11048 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11050 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11052 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11053 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11055 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11056 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11057 places point before the definition.
11059 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11061 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11062 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11063 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11067 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11068 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11069 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11073 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11074 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11078 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11079 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11083 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11084 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11090 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11091 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17851 10828))
11092 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11094 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11095 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11097 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11099 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11100 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11104 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11105 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11107 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11111 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11112 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17851 10828))
11113 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11115 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11116 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11120 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11121 Display FILE's commentary section.
11122 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11126 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11127 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11133 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11134 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17851 10828))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11137 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11138 Toggle flow control handling.
11139 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11140 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11142 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11144 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11145 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11146 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11147 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11148 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11149 to get the effect of a C-q.
11151 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11156 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
11157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11159 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11162 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11164 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11167 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11172 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17851 10867))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11175 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11176 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11177 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11178 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11182 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11183 Turn flymake mode on.
11187 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11188 Turn flymake mode off.
11194 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11195 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11196 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17851 10872))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11199 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11200 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11203 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11205 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11206 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11207 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11208 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11209 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11210 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11213 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11214 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11215 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11216 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11219 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11222 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11223 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11224 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11226 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11228 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11229 in your .emacs file.
11231 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11232 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11236 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11237 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11241 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11242 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11246 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11247 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11251 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11252 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11254 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11256 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11257 Flyspell whole buffer.
11263 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11264 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11265 ;;;;;; (17851 10828))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11268 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11269 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11273 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11274 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11278 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11279 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11281 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11282 of two major techniques:
11284 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11285 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11286 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11288 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11289 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11290 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11293 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11294 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11295 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11296 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11297 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11300 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11301 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11303 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11305 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11306 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11307 \(This is the default.)
11309 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11310 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11312 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11313 \\{follow-mode-map}
11315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11317 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11318 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11320 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11321 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11322 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11323 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11324 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11325 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11327 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11328 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11329 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11331 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11332 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11333 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17851
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11343 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11344 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11345 \\<message-mode-map>
11349 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11350 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11351 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11352 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11353 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11354 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11360 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11361 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17851 10829))
11362 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11364 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11365 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11367 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11368 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11369 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11370 C-c < forms-first-record <
11371 C-c > forms-last-record >
11372 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11373 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11374 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11375 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11376 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11377 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11378 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11379 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11380 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11381 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11383 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11385 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11386 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11390 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11391 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17851 10868))
11399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11401 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11402 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11403 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11404 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11405 with a character in column 6.")
11407 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11409 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11410 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11411 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11413 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11414 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11416 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11419 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11421 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11423 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11424 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11425 `fortran-do-indent'
11426 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11427 `fortran-if-indent'
11428 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11429 `fortran-structure-indent'
11430 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11432 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11433 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11434 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11435 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11436 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11437 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11438 nil don't change the indentation
11439 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11441 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11442 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11443 depending on the continuation format in use.
11444 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11445 indentation for a line of code.
11447 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11448 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11449 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11450 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11451 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11452 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11453 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11454 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11455 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11456 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11458 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11459 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11460 statements (default nil).
11461 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11462 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11463 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11464 `fortran-continuation-string'
11465 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11466 line (default \"$\").
11467 `fortran-comment-region'
11468 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11469 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11470 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11471 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11472 as typed (default t).
11473 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11474 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11476 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11477 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11484 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17851 10865))
11485 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11487 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11488 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11490 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11491 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11493 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11495 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11496 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11498 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11499 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11501 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11503 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11504 Compile fortune file.
11506 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11507 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11509 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11511 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11512 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11514 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11515 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11516 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11517 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11519 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11521 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11522 Display a fortune cookie.
11524 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11525 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11526 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11527 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11529 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11533 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11534 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
11535 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11537 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11538 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11539 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11540 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11542 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11543 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11544 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11545 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11547 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11548 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11549 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11550 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11551 some of the buffers.
11553 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11555 The following commands help control operation :
11557 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11558 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11560 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11561 detailed description of this mode.
11564 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11566 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11567 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11571 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11572 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11573 | | (comint-mode) |
11580 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11581 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11582 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11583 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11584 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11585 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11587 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11589 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11590 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11592 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11596 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11597 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17851
11599 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11601 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11602 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11603 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11604 instead (which see).")
11606 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11607 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11609 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11610 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11611 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11612 documentation string instead.
11614 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11615 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11616 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11617 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11618 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11619 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11620 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11621 enders are actually possible.
11623 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11624 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11626 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11627 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11628 `font-lock-keywords'.
11630 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11631 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11632 runs the macro expansion.
11634 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11635 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11636 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11638 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11640 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11642 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11643 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11645 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11647 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11648 Enter generic mode MODE.
11650 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11651 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11652 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11654 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11655 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11659 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11660 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11661 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11662 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11663 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11664 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11665 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11666 `font-lock-keywords'.
11668 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11672 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11673 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11676 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11677 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11678 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11679 at places they belong to.
11681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11685 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11686 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17851 10856))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11689 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11690 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11692 Guideline for numbers:
11693 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11694 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11697 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11699 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11700 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11701 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11703 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11708 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11710 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11711 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11713 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11714 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11715 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11716 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11717 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11718 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11720 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11721 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11722 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11723 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11724 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11726 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11728 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11732 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11733 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17851 10857))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11735 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11736 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11738 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11739 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11743 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11745 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11746 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11747 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11748 name of an NNTP server to use.
11749 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11752 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11754 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11755 Read news as a slave.
11757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11759 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11760 Pop up a frame to read news.
11761 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11762 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11763 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11764 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11765 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11766 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11767 current display is used.
11769 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11771 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11773 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11774 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11775 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11777 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11781 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11782 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11783 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11784 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11785 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11786 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17851 10856))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11789 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11790 Start Gnus unplugged.
11794 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11795 Start Gnus plugged.
11799 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11804 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11807 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11808 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11809 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11811 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11812 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11813 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11817 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11818 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11822 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11823 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11824 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11825 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11826 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11829 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11831 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11833 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11834 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11835 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11838 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11840 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11841 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11845 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11846 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11847 downloaded into the agent.
11849 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11852 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11853 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11854 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11856 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11858 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11859 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11863 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11864 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11868 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11870 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11872 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11877 ;;;;;; (17851 10856))
11878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11880 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11881 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11887 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11888 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
11889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11891 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11892 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11899 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11900 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17851
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11904 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11905 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11908 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11913 Generate the cache active file.
11915 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11918 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11923 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11924 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11925 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11926 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11929 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11931 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11932 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11933 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11934 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11935 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11938 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11942 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11943 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17851 10857))
11944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11946 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11947 Delay this article by some time.
11948 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11950 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11951 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11953 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11954 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11956 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11957 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11959 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11961 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11962 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11966 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11967 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11968 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11969 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11971 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11972 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11974 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11979 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17851 10857))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11982 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11985 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11987 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11990 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11994 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11995 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
11996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11998 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11999 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12005 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12006 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12009 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12010 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12017 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12018 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17851
12020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12022 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12023 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12027 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12032 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12033 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12037 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12038 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12043 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12044 The PNG is returned as a string.
12046 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12048 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Convert FILE to a Face.
12050 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12053 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12057 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12058 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17851 10857))
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12061 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12062 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12063 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12065 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12068 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12070 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12075 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12078 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12081 Run batched scoring.
12082 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12088 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12089 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12090 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12093 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12098 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12099 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12100 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12102 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12105 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12107 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12113 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12114 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12115 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12118 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12119 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12120 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12121 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12124 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12125 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12126 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12127 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12129 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12130 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12131 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12132 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12133 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12134 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12135 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12136 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12137 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12138 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12140 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12142 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12143 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12144 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12147 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12148 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12150 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12152 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12153 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12154 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12156 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12160 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12161 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12162 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12164 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12166 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12167 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12168 existing groups are considered.
12170 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12171 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12174 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12175 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12176 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12177 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12178 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12179 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12180 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12181 clauses will be generated.
12183 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12184 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12185 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12186 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12187 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12188 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12190 For example, given the following group parameters:
12193 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12194 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12196 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12197 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12198 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12199 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12201 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12203 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12205 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12207 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12208 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12211 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12216 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12219 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12220 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12221 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12223 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12227 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12228 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17851 10857))
12229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12231 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12232 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12233 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12234 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12236 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12238 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12241 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12243 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12244 Like `message-reply'.
12246 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12248 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12252 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12253 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17851 10857))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12257 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12261 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12262 Load the NoCeM cache.
12268 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12269 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12273 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12274 Display picons in the From header.
12275 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12279 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12280 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12281 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12285 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12293 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12294 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12295 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12296 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12297 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17851 10857))
12298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12300 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12302 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12303 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12305 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12307 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12308 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12309 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12312 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12314 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12316 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12325 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12326 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12327 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12331 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12333 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12335 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12337 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12339 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12341 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12343 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12357 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12358 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12360 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12365 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17851 10857))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12368 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12373 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12374 Install the registry hooks.
12380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12381 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17851
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12385 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12386 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12387 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12388 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12389 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12390 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12394 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12395 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12396 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12397 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12398 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12402 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12409 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12410 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12414 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12415 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12416 for matching on group names.
12418 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12419 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12421 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12423 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12429 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12430 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12433 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12434 Update the format specification near point.
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12441 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17851
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12445 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12446 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12448 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12450 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12457 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12458 ;;;;;; (17851 10857))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12461 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12462 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12464 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12468 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17851 10865))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12471 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12472 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12474 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12475 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12476 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12478 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12479 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12480 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12482 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12483 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12485 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12486 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12488 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12490 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12494 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12495 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17851 10863))
12496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12498 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12500 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12501 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12502 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12503 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12504 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12506 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12508 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12509 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12510 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12512 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12513 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12515 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12516 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12519 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12524 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12525 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17851 10868))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12528 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12529 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12531 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12533 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12534 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12535 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12536 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12537 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12539 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12540 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12542 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12544 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12545 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12546 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12547 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12549 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12551 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12552 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12554 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12556 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12557 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12559 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12560 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12561 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12563 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12564 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12565 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12567 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12568 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12570 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12571 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12573 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12575 (defvar grep-history nil)
12577 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12579 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12580 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12581 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12585 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12590 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12591 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12595 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12596 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12597 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12598 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12599 where grep found matches.
12601 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12602 easily repeat a grep command.
12604 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12605 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12606 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12607 if that history list is empty).
12609 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12611 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12612 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12613 Collect output in a buffer.
12614 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12615 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12617 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12618 easily repeat a find command.
12620 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12622 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12624 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12625 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12626 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12627 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12628 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12630 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12631 before it is executed.
12632 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12634 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12635 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12636 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12638 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12640 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12642 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12643 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12644 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12645 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12646 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12648 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12649 before it is executed.
12650 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12652 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12653 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12654 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12656 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12658 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12662 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17851 10830))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12665 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12666 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12667 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12668 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12669 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12671 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12675 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12676 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17851 10868))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12679 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12680 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12681 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12682 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12683 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12684 `gdba' for more information.
12686 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12687 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12688 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12689 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12690 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12693 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12695 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12696 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12697 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12698 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12700 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12702 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12703 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12704 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12705 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12707 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12709 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12710 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12711 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12712 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12714 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12715 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12717 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12719 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12720 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12721 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12722 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12724 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12726 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12727 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12728 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12729 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12731 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12733 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12734 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12735 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12736 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12737 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12739 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12740 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12741 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12742 original source file access method.
12744 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12745 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12747 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12749 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12750 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12751 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12752 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12754 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12755 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12757 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12759 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12760 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12766 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17851
12768 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12770 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12771 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12772 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12773 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12775 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12776 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12777 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12778 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12784 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12785 ;;;;;; (17753 42784))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12788 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12789 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12791 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12793 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12794 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12795 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12796 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12798 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12802 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12803 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12804 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12805 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12813 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12814 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12815 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17851 10830))
12816 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12818 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12819 Return the help-echo string at point.
12820 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12821 property, or nil, is returned.
12822 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12823 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12824 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12826 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12828 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12829 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12830 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12831 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12832 this produces no string either, return nil.
12836 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12837 Display local help in the echo area.
12838 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12839 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12840 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12843 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12844 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12845 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12849 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12850 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12851 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12855 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12856 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12857 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12861 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12862 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12863 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12864 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12865 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12866 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12867 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12868 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12869 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12870 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12871 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12873 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12874 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12875 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12876 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12877 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12879 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12880 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12881 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12882 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12883 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12884 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12885 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12886 The default is `never'.")
12888 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12890 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12891 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12892 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12893 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12894 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12895 considered different regions.
12897 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12898 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12899 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12900 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12901 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12902 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12903 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12904 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12905 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12907 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12909 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12910 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12911 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12912 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12915 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12916 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12917 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12918 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12919 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12920 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12921 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12922 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12924 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12925 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12926 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12927 rarely happens in practice.
12929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12931 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12932 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12933 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12934 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12935 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12936 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12943 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12944 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12945 ;;;;;; (17851 10830))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12948 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12949 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12951 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12953 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12954 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12955 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12957 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12959 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12960 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12962 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12964 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12967 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12969 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12970 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12971 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12972 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12974 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12976 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12977 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12978 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12979 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12980 it is displayed along with the global value.
12982 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12984 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12985 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12986 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12987 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12989 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12991 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12992 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12993 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12994 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12995 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12997 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13001 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13002 ;;;;;; (17851 10830))
13003 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13005 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13006 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13007 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13008 and window listing and describing the options.
13009 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13010 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13012 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13016 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13017 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13018 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17851 10833))
13019 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13021 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13022 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13023 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13029 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13034 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13039 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13040 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13042 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13043 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13044 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13045 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13047 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13048 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13049 restore it properly when going back.
13051 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13053 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13054 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13056 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13057 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13058 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13059 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13060 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13061 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13062 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13063 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13065 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13066 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13067 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13068 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13070 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13071 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13074 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13076 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13077 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13078 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13079 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13080 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13081 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13083 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13085 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13086 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13087 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13088 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13089 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13091 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13093 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13094 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13096 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13100 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13101 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17851 10853))
13102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13104 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13105 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13109 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13110 Provide help for current mode.
13116 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13117 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17851 10833))
13118 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13120 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13121 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13122 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13123 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13124 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13126 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13127 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13129 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13130 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13131 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13132 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13134 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13135 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13138 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13143 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13144 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13145 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13146 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13147 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13148 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13149 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13150 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13151 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13152 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13153 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13154 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13155 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13156 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13157 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13159 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13160 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13161 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13163 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13166 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13168 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13169 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13170 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13172 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13173 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13174 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13176 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13177 into the buffer at the current point.
13179 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13180 into the buffer at the current point.
13182 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13183 into the buffer at the current point.
13185 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13187 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13188 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13190 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13192 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13196 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13197 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13198 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13199 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13203 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13204 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13205 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13211 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13212 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13213 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13214 ;;;;;; (17851 10833))
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13217 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13218 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13220 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13221 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13222 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13223 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13224 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13225 called interactively, are:
13227 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13228 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13230 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13231 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13232 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13233 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13235 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13236 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13238 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13239 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13241 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13242 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13243 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13244 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13245 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13246 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13248 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13249 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13251 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13252 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13254 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13255 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13256 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13257 Patterns will be read until
13259 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13263 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13264 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13265 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13267 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13268 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13270 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13272 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13273 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13274 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13275 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13276 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13280 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13282 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13283 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13285 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13286 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13287 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13288 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13290 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13292 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13294 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13295 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13297 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13298 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13299 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13300 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13302 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13304 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13306 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13307 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13309 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13310 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13312 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13314 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13316 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13317 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13319 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13320 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13321 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13322 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13323 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13325 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13327 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13328 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13330 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13331 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13332 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13338 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13339 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17851 10868))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13342 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13343 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13344 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13345 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13346 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13347 how the hiding is done:
13350 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13351 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13354 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13355 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13356 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13357 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13358 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13361 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13362 #endif lines when hiding.
13364 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13365 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13368 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13369 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13370 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13372 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13376 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13377 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13379 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13381 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13382 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13384 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13386 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13387 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13389 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13393 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13394 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13397 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13398 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13399 Each element has the form
13400 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13402 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13403 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13405 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13406 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13408 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13409 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13410 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13411 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13412 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13413 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13415 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13416 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13418 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13419 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13421 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13422 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13423 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13425 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13426 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13427 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13428 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13429 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13430 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13432 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13433 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13434 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13436 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13437 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13439 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13442 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13448 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13449 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13450 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13451 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13452 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17851 10833))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13455 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13456 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13457 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13459 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13461 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13462 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13464 Without an argument:
13465 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13466 or passive state as determined by the variable
13467 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13470 With an argument ARG:
13471 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13472 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13473 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13475 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13476 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13477 not displayed in a different face.
13480 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13481 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13482 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13483 buffer with the contents of a file
13484 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13485 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13489 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13490 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13491 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13495 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13496 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13500 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13501 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13505 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13506 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13508 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13509 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13510 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13511 shown in the last face in the list.
13513 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13514 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13515 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13517 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13521 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13522 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13524 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13526 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13529 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13530 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13532 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13533 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13534 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13536 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13538 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13539 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13541 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13542 this function is called interactively.
13544 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13545 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13546 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13548 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13549 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13550 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13552 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13554 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13555 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13557 When called interactively:
13558 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13559 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13560 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13561 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13563 When called from a program:
13564 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13565 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13566 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13567 - otherwise just turn it on
13569 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13570 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13571 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13572 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13578 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13579 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13580 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13581 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13582 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17851 10833))
13583 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13586 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13587 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13588 or insert functions in this list.")
13590 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13593 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13595 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13597 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13598 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13600 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13602 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13603 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13605 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13607 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13608 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13610 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13612 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13613 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13614 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13616 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13618 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13619 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13620 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13623 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13625 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13626 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13627 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13628 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13629 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13631 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13633 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13634 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13635 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13636 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13637 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13639 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13640 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13641 undoes the expansion.
13645 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13646 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13647 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13648 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13650 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13654 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13655 ;;;;;; (17851 10833))
13656 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13658 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13659 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13660 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13662 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13663 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13664 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13665 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13666 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13668 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13669 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13670 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13671 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13675 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13676 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13677 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13680 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13682 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13684 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13685 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13686 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13688 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13689 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13695 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13696 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
13697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13699 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13700 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13701 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13703 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13707 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13708 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13710 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13711 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13712 different list. For example,
13714 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13715 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13717 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13718 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13720 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13721 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13722 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13723 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13726 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13728 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13732 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17851
13734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13736 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13737 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13743 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13744 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13745 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13746 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13747 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13757 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13758 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13759 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13760 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13761 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13762 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13763 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13764 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13765 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17851 10833))
13766 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13768 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13769 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13770 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13774 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13775 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13777 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13779 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13780 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13782 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13784 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13785 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13787 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13789 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13790 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13794 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13795 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13797 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13799 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13800 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13802 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13803 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13804 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13805 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13806 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13810 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13811 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13812 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13815 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13818 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13820 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13821 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13825 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13826 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13830 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13831 Remove the first filter group.
13835 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13836 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13838 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13840 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13841 Remove all filter groups.
13845 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13846 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13850 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13851 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13852 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13856 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13857 Kill the filter group at point.
13858 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13860 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13862 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13863 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13867 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13868 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13872 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13873 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13874 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13875 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13877 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13880 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13881 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13885 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13886 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13887 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13888 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13889 of replacing the current filters.
13893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13894 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13906 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13907 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13908 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13912 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13913 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13917 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13922 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13923 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13924 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13927 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13931 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13933 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13935 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13936 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13940 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13941 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13945 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13946 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13947 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13948 of replacing the current filters.
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13962 Default sorting modes are:
13963 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13964 Name - the name of the buffer
13965 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13966 Size - the size of the buffer
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13986 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13987 for this Ibuffer session.
13989 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13993 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13994 for this Ibuffer session.
13996 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14001 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14002 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14004 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14005 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14007 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14012 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14013 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14015 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14017 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14025 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14026 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14027 hidden group filter, open it.
14029 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14030 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14031 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14037 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14044 The names are separated by a space.
14045 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14047 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14048 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14049 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14050 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14052 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14056 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14059 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14064 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14069 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14076 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14077 Mark all modified buffers.
14081 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14086 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14087 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14091 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14092 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14096 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14097 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14101 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14102 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14111 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Mark all read-only buffers.
14116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14123 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14126 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14130 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14131 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17851
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14135 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14136 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14138 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14139 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14140 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14142 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14143 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14144 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14145 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14146 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14147 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14149 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14150 title of the column.
14152 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14153 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14154 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14155 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14156 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14158 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14160 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14161 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14162 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14163 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14164 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14166 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14167 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14168 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14170 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14172 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14173 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14174 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14175 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14176 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14177 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14179 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14180 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14181 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14182 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14183 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14184 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14185 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14186 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14188 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14189 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14190 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14191 buffer's modification flag.
14192 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14193 prompted before performing this operation.
14194 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14195 operation is complete, in the form:
14196 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14197 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14198 confirmation message, in the form:
14199 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14200 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14201 macro for exactly what it does.
14203 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14205 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14206 Define a filter named NAME.
14207 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14208 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14209 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14211 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14212 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14213 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14214 bound to the current value of the filter.
14216 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14220 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14221 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17851 10834))
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14225 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14226 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14227 buffers which are visiting a file.
14229 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14232 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14233 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14234 buffers which are visiting a file.
14236 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14238 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14239 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14240 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14242 All arguments are optional.
14243 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14244 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14245 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14246 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14247 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14248 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14249 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14250 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14251 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14252 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14253 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14254 that value locally in this buffer.
14256 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14260 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14261 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14262 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17851 10852))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14265 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14266 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14267 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14268 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14270 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14272 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14273 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14274 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14275 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14277 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14278 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14279 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14281 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14283 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14284 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14285 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14286 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14287 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14288 non-marking or not.
14290 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14292 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14293 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14295 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14296 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14299 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14300 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14301 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14303 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14306 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14307 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14308 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14310 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17851
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14318 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14319 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14320 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14323 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14325 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14327 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14328 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14329 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14335 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17851 10868))
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14338 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14339 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14340 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14341 Tab indents for Icon code.
14342 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14343 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14345 Variables controlling indentation style:
14346 icon-tab-always-indent
14347 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14348 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14350 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14351 inserted in Icon code.
14353 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14354 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14355 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14356 icon-continued-statement-offset
14357 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14358 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14359 icon-continued-brace-offset
14360 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14361 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14363 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14364 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14365 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14366 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14368 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14369 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14375 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14376 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
14377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14379 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14380 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14381 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14382 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14384 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14385 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14388 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14389 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14391 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14392 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14393 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14395 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14397 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14401 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14402 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14405 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14406 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14408 The main features of this mode are
14410 1. Indentation and Formatting
14411 --------------------------
14412 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14413 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14415 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14416 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14417 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14418 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14420 Comments are indented as follows:
14422 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14423 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14424 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14426 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14428 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14429 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14430 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14431 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14432 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14433 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14435 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14436 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14437 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14438 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14442 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14443 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14444 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14445 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14446 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14447 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14448 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14449 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14450 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14451 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14456 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14457 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14458 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14459 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14463 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14464 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14465 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14466 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14467 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14470 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14471 --------------------------------
14472 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14473 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14475 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14476 \\fu FUNCTION template
14477 \\c CASE statement template
14478 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14479 \\f FOR loop template
14480 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14481 \\w WHILE loop template
14482 \\i IF statement template
14483 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14486 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14487 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14489 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14490 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14491 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14492 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14494 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14495 -------------------------
14496 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14497 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14499 7. Automatic END completion
14500 ------------------------
14501 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14502 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14506 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14507 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14509 9. Documentation and Customization
14510 -------------------------------
14511 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14512 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14513 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14514 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14515 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14519 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14520 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14521 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14523 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14526 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14531 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14532 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14533 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14534 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14535 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14536 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14537 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17851
14539 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14541 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14542 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14543 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14544 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14546 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14547 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14548 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14551 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14553 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14555 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14556 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14557 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14558 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14559 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14560 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14561 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14562 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14563 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14567 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14568 Switch to another buffer.
14569 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14570 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14573 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14574 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14575 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14576 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14577 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14579 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14580 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14582 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14583 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14585 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14586 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14587 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14588 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14589 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14590 in a separate window.
14591 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14592 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14593 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14594 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14596 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14597 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14598 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14599 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14603 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14604 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14605 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14606 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14610 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14611 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14612 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14613 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14617 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14619 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14620 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14624 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14625 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14626 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14627 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14631 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14632 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14633 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14634 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14638 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14639 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14643 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14644 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14645 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14646 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14647 visible in another frame.
14649 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14650 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14651 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14652 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14653 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14654 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14656 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14657 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14659 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14660 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14662 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14663 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14664 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14665 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14666 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14667 in a separate window.
14668 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14669 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14670 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14671 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14672 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14673 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14674 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14675 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14676 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14677 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14681 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14686 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14687 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14693 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14694 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14695 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14700 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14701 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14702 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14707 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14708 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14709 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14714 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14715 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14716 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14717 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14721 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14722 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14723 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14724 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14728 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14729 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14731 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14735 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14736 Write current buffer to a file.
14737 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14738 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14742 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14743 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14744 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14745 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14749 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14750 Call `dired' the ido way.
14751 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14752 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14756 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14757 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14758 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14759 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14760 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14761 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14763 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14765 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14766 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14767 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14768 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14770 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14772 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14773 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14774 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14775 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14777 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14779 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14780 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14781 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14782 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14783 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14784 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14785 with `completing-read'.
14786 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14787 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14788 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14789 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14790 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14791 with point positioned at the end.
14792 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14793 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14795 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14799 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17851 10834))
14800 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14801 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14803 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14804 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14805 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14811 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14812 ;;;;;; (17851 10834))
14813 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14815 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14816 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14820 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14821 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14827 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14828 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14829 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14830 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14831 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17851 10835))
14832 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14834 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14835 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14836 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14839 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14841 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14842 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14843 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14848 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14849 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14850 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14853 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14855 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14856 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14857 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14860 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14862 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14863 Determine and return image type.
14864 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14865 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14866 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14867 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14868 use its file extension as image type.
14869 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14871 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14874 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14875 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14877 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14879 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
14880 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14881 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
14882 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
14884 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
14888 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14890 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14891 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14892 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14893 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14894 use its file extension as image type.
14895 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14896 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14897 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14898 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14900 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14902 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14904 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14905 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14906 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14907 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14908 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14909 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14910 POS may be an integer or marker.
14911 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14912 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14913 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14914 means display it in the right marginal area.
14916 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14918 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14919 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14920 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14921 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14922 defaulted if you omit it.
14923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14926 means display it in the right marginal area.
14927 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14928 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14929 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14930 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14931 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14933 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14935 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14936 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14937 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14938 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14939 defaulted if you omit it.
14940 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14941 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14942 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14943 means display it in the right marginal area.
14944 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14946 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14949 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14950 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14951 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14953 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14955 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14956 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14958 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14960 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14961 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14962 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14963 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14964 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14965 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14966 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14967 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14970 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14972 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14974 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14976 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14977 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14979 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14980 documentation string.
14982 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14983 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14984 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14985 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14986 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14987 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14988 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14993 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14994 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14996 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15000 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15001 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15002 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17851 10834))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15005 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15006 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15007 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15008 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15010 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15011 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15012 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15013 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15015 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15017 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15018 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15019 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15020 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15022 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15023 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15024 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15025 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15027 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15029 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15030 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15034 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15035 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15036 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15037 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15039 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15041 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15042 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15043 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15044 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15045 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15046 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15048 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15050 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15051 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15052 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15053 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15055 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15056 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15057 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15063 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15064 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17851 10835))
15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15066 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15067 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15068 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15069 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15070 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15071 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15073 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15074 Major mode for image files.
15075 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15076 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15080 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15081 Toggle Image minor mode.
15082 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15083 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15087 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15088 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15089 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15090 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15091 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15092 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15094 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15095 information on these modes.
15101 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15102 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17851 10835))
15103 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15105 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15106 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15108 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15110 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15111 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15114 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15116 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15117 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15118 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15120 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15122 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15123 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15125 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15126 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15127 pattern's structure.
15129 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15130 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15131 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15134 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15136 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15137 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15139 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15140 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15141 called within a `save-excursion'.
15143 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15145 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15147 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15148 Function for finding the next index position.
15150 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15151 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15152 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15155 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15156 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15158 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15160 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15161 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15163 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15164 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15165 It should return the name for that index item.")
15167 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15169 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15170 Function to compare string with index item.
15172 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15173 non-nil if they match.
15175 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15176 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15177 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15178 arguments match\".")
15180 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15182 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15183 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15184 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15186 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15188 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15190 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15192 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15193 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15194 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15195 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15199 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15200 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15202 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15206 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15207 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15208 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15209 for more information.
15211 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15215 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15216 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15217 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17851 10861))
15218 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15220 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15221 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15225 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15228 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15230 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15233 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15235 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15238 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15240 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15241 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15242 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15243 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15244 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15246 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15248 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15249 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15250 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15251 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15252 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15254 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15258 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15259 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15260 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17851 10868))
15261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15263 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15264 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15265 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15266 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15267 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15269 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15271 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15272 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15274 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15276 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15277 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15278 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15279 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15280 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15281 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15282 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15283 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15285 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15287 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15288 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15289 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15290 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15291 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15293 This variable is only used if the variable
15294 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15296 More precise choices:
15297 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15298 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15301 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15303 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15305 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15306 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15308 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15309 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15310 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15312 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15313 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15314 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15315 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15318 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15320 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15324 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15325 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15326 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15327 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17851 10835))
15328 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15330 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15331 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15333 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15334 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15335 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15337 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15338 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15339 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15340 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15341 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15342 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15343 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15344 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15345 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15346 with the top-level Info directory.
15348 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15349 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15350 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15351 appended to the Info buffer name.
15353 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15354 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15355 in all the directories in that path.
15357 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15359 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15360 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15364 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15365 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15366 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15367 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15371 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15372 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15373 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15374 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15376 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15378 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15379 Go to the Info directory node.
15383 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15384 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15385 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15386 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15387 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15388 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15390 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15392 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15393 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15394 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15396 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15398 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15399 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15400 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15401 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15402 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15404 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15405 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15407 Selecting other nodes:
15408 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15409 Follow a node reference you click on.
15410 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15411 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15412 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15413 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15414 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15415 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15416 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15417 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15418 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15419 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15420 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15421 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15422 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15423 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15424 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15425 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15426 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15427 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15428 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15429 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15431 Moving within a node:
15432 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15433 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15434 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15435 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15436 move up to the parent node.
15437 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15438 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15440 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15443 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15444 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15445 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15446 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15447 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15448 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15449 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15450 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15451 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15452 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15453 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15454 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15455 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15456 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15457 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15458 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15461 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15463 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15464 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15465 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15466 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15467 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15468 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15470 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15471 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15473 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15474 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15476 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15477 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15478 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15479 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15483 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15484 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15485 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15491 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15492 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15493 ;;;;;; (17851 10835))
15494 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15496 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15497 Throw away all cached data.
15498 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15499 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15503 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15505 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15506 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15507 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15508 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15509 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15510 one found at point.
15512 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15514 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15515 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15517 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15518 Display the documentation of a file.
15519 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15520 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15521 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15522 The default file name is the one found at point.
15524 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15526 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15528 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15529 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15531 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15533 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15534 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15536 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15540 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15541 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17851 10835))
15542 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15544 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15545 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15547 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15549 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15550 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15551 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15555 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15556 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15557 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15559 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15560 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15568 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17851 10835))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15571 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15572 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15574 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15576 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15577 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15578 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15580 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15581 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15582 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15584 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15585 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15586 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15587 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15591 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15592 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15593 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15597 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15598 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15599 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15600 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15601 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15607 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15608 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15609 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15610 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15612 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15613 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15617 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15618 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15622 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15625 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15629 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17851
15631 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15633 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15634 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15635 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15636 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15637 accessed via isearchb.
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15644 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15645 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15646 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17851 10860))
15647 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15649 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15650 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15651 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15652 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15654 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15656 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15657 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15658 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15659 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15661 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15663 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15664 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15665 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15666 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15668 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15670 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15671 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15672 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15673 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15675 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15677 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15678 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15679 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15680 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15682 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15684 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15685 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15686 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15687 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15689 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15691 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15692 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15693 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15694 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15696 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15699 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15700 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15701 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15703 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15705 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15706 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15707 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15708 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15710 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15712 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15713 Warn that format is read-only.
15717 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15718 Warn that format is write-only.
15722 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15723 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15730 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
15731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15732 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15733 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15734 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15738 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15739 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15740 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15741 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15742 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15743 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15745 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15747 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15748 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15749 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15750 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15752 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15753 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15755 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15756 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15757 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15759 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15760 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15763 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15765 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15767 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15769 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15771 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15773 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15775 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15777 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15778 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15780 Each element of this list is also a list:
15782 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15783 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15785 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15786 nil means the default dictionary.
15788 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15791 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15793 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15794 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15795 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15796 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15797 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15798 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15799 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15800 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15801 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15803 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15804 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15805 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15806 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15807 for non-ASCII bytes.
15809 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15810 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15813 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15816 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15817 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15818 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15819 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15820 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15821 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15822 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15823 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15825 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15827 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15828 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15829 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15831 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15832 Key map for ispell menu.")
15834 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15835 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15836 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15837 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15839 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15841 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15843 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15845 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15847 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15848 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15849 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15850 Valid forms include:
15851 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15852 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15853 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15854 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15856 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15857 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15858 First list is used raw.
15859 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15861 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15862 for skipping in latex mode.")
15864 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15865 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15866 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15867 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15868 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15869 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15871 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15872 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15873 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15874 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15876 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15877 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15878 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15879 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15880 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15882 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15883 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15885 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15886 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15888 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15889 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15892 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15893 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15894 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15895 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15896 quit spell session exited.
15898 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15900 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15901 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15902 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15904 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15906 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15907 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15911 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15912 SPC: Accept word this time.
15913 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15914 `a': Accept word for this session.
15915 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15916 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15917 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15918 `?': Show these commands.
15919 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15920 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15921 the aborted check to be completed later.
15922 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15923 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15924 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15925 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15926 `C-l': redraws screen
15927 `C-r': recursive edit
15928 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15932 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15933 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15934 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15936 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15938 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15939 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15940 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15941 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15943 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15945 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15948 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15949 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15950 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15952 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15954 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15955 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15959 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15960 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15964 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15965 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15969 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15970 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15971 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15972 sequence inside of a word.
15974 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15976 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15978 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15979 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15983 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15984 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15985 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15986 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15988 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15989 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15990 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15991 available on the net.
15995 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15996 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15997 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15999 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16000 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16002 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16003 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16007 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16008 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16009 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16010 Don't check included messages.
16012 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16013 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16014 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16016 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16017 in your .emacs file:
16018 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16019 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16020 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16021 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16023 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16024 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16025 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16031 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17822
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16035 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16036 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16037 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16040 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16042 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16044 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16045 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16046 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16047 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16048 `iswitchb' for details.
16050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16054 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16055 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16056 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16057 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17851 10861))
16058 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16060 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16065 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16066 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16067 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16068 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16069 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16070 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16071 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16072 necessary to represent OBJ.
16074 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16076 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16077 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16078 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16079 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16081 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16083 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16084 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16085 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16086 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16087 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16089 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16091 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16092 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16093 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16094 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16096 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16098 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16099 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16100 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16101 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16103 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16105 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16106 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16110 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16111 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16112 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16113 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16114 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16116 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16118 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16119 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16120 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16121 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16122 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16124 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16126 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16127 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16128 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16130 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16135 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17851 10836))
16136 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16138 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16139 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16140 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16141 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16143 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16146 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16148 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16149 Uninstall jka-compr.
16150 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16151 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16152 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16158 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16159 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16160 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16161 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16163 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16164 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16165 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16166 decimal key must be specified.")
16168 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16170 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16171 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16172 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16173 decimal key must be specified.")
16175 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16177 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16178 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16179 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16180 decimal key must be specified.")
16182 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16184 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16185 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16186 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16187 decimal key must be specified.")
16189 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16191 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16192 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16193 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16194 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16195 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16199 -------------------------------------------------------------
16200 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16201 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16202 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16203 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16204 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16205 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16206 in the global and local keymaps.
16208 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16209 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16211 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16215 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16216 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
16217 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16219 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16220 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16221 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16223 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16224 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16225 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16226 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16229 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16230 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16231 the context of text formatting.
16233 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16237 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17851
16239 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16241 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16242 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16243 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16244 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16245 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16246 positions that contains the current selection.")
16248 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16249 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16250 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16251 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16252 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16253 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16254 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16256 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16260 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16261 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16262 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16263 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17851 10836))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16265 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16266 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16267 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16268 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16269 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16270 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16271 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16273 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16274 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16275 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16276 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16277 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16279 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16281 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16282 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16283 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16285 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16286 defining the macro.
16288 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16289 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16290 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16292 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16293 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16297 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16298 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16299 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16300 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16301 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16304 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16305 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16306 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16310 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16311 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16312 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16314 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16315 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16316 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16317 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16319 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16320 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16322 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16324 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16325 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16326 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16328 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16331 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16332 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16334 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16335 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16336 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16338 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16339 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16343 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16344 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16345 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16346 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16348 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16350 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16351 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16352 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16353 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16355 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16356 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16358 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16360 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16361 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16362 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16364 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16368 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16369 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16370 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16373 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16375 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16380 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16383 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16385 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16388 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16392 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16393 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17851 10861))
16394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16396 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16397 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16398 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16400 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16407 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16408 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
16409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16411 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16413 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16414 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16418 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16420 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16421 Start or resume an Lm game.
16422 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16423 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16425 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16426 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16427 none / 1 | yes | no
16432 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16433 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16434 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16440 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16441 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16442 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17851
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16446 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16449 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16451 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16452 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16453 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16454 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16455 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16456 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16458 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16459 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16461 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16463 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16464 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16466 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16468 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16471 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16473 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16474 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16475 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16476 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16479 The return value is number of composed characters.
16481 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16483 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16490 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16491 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16492 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17851 10860))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16495 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16496 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16497 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16498 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16500 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16502 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16503 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16504 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16506 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16508 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16509 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16510 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16514 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16515 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16516 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16517 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16519 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16524 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17851 10860))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16527 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16528 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16529 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16530 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16531 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16532 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16533 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16534 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16536 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16537 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16540 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16542 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16544 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16545 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16546 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16547 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16548 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16549 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16550 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16551 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16553 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16555 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16556 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16557 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16558 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16561 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16563 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16567 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16568 ;;;;;; (17851 10868))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16571 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16573 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16575 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16576 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16582 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16583 ;;;;;; (17851 10837))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16586 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16587 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16589 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16590 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16592 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16593 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16595 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16596 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16597 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16598 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16599 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16600 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16601 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16602 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16603 and transmit saved text.
16606 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16607 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16611 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16618 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17851 10866))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16621 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16622 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16623 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16624 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16625 generations (this defaults to 1).
16627 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16631 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17851
16633 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16635 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16636 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16637 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16638 is nil, raise an error.
16640 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16641 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16642 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16643 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16644 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16645 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16646 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16647 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16648 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16650 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16654 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16655 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17851 10838))
16656 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16658 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16659 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16660 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16662 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16664 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16665 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16666 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16667 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16669 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16670 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16671 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16672 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16673 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16674 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16677 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16678 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16680 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16681 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16683 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16685 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16686 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16687 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16688 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16689 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16690 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16691 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16692 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16693 to constrain a big search.
16695 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16696 except that FILTER is not optional.
16698 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16702 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17851 10838))
16703 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16705 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16706 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16707 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16708 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16709 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16710 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16711 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16712 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16713 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16714 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16715 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16716 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16717 uses the current buffer.
16719 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16723 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17851
16725 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16727 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16728 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16734 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17851
16736 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16738 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16739 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16740 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16741 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16742 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16744 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16745 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16746 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16748 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16749 are indicated with a symbol.
16751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16755 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16756 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17851
16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16760 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16762 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16764 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16765 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16766 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16768 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16769 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16771 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16772 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16773 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16774 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16775 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16776 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16777 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16779 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16781 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16782 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16783 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16784 switch on this list.
16785 See `lpr-command'.")
16787 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16789 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16790 *Name of program for printing a file.
16792 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16793 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16794 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16795 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16796 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16797 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16800 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16802 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16803 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16804 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16805 for customization of the printer command.
16809 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16810 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16812 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16813 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16814 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16815 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16817 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16818 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16820 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16821 for further customization of the printer command.
16825 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16826 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16827 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16828 for customization of the printer command.
16830 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16832 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16833 Paginate and print the region contents.
16835 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16836 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16837 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16838 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16840 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16841 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16843 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16844 for further customization of the printer command.
16846 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16851 ;;;;;; (17851 10838))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16854 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16855 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16856 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16858 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16862 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17851
16864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16866 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16867 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16868 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16870 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16876 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17851
16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16880 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16881 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16888 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16889 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
16890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16892 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16893 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16894 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16895 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16896 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16898 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16902 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16903 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17851 10838))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16906 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16907 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16908 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16909 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16910 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16912 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16914 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16915 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16916 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16917 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16919 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16920 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16921 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16922 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16925 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16926 use this command, and then save the file.
16928 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16930 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16931 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16932 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16933 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16934 each time the macro executes.
16935 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16936 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16937 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16938 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16939 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16940 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16941 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16945 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16946 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16947 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16948 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16950 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16951 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16952 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16955 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16956 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16958 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16959 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16960 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16961 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16962 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16964 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16967 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16968 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16969 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16971 You could enter the names in this format:
16977 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16980 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16983 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16984 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16986 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16987 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16991 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16992 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17851 10861))
16993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16995 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16996 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16997 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16998 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16999 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17000 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17002 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17003 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17004 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17005 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17006 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17008 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17009 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17010 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17013 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17015 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17016 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17018 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17022 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17023 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17024 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17027 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17028 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17032 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17037 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17038 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17040 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17042 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17043 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17044 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17047 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17053 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17054 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17055 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17851
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17059 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17060 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17061 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17062 often correct parser.")
17064 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17066 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17069 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17071 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17072 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17073 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17074 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17076 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17078 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17079 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17080 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17081 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17083 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17085 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17086 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17087 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17088 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17089 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17090 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17091 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17094 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17096 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17097 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17098 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17099 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17100 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17101 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17103 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17107 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17108 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17851 10862))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17111 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17112 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17116 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17117 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17118 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17120 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17122 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17123 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17124 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17126 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17130 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17131 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17851
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17135 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17136 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17137 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17139 If `parens', they look like:
17140 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17141 If `angles', they look like:
17142 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17144 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17146 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17147 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17148 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17149 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17150 their `Resent-' variants.
17152 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17153 removed from alias expansions.
17155 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17157 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17158 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17159 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17161 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17162 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17163 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17164 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17166 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17168 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17169 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17170 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17171 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17178 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17181 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17182 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17183 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17184 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17190 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17191 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17192 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17851 10868))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17195 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17196 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17198 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17199 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17200 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17201 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17202 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17203 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17205 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17206 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17207 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17208 dependency, despite the colon.
17210 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17212 In the browser, use the following keys:
17214 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17216 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17218 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17219 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17221 `makefile-target-colon':
17222 The string that gets appended to all target names
17223 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17224 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17226 `makefile-macro-assign':
17227 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17228 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17229 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17230 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17231 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17232 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17234 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17235 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17236 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17238 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17239 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17241 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17242 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17243 up or down in the browser.
17245 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17246 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17248 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17249 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17251 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17252 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17253 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17254 has been selected in the browser.
17256 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17257 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17258 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17259 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17260 filenames are omitted.
17262 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17263 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17264 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17265 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17266 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17267 the backslash itself intact.
17268 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17269 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17271 `makefile-browser-hook':
17272 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17273 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17275 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17276 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17277 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17278 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17282 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17283 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17287 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17288 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17292 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17293 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17297 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17298 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17302 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17303 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17851
17311 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17313 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17314 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17315 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17321 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17851 10838))
17322 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17324 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17326 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17327 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17328 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17329 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17330 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17331 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17332 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17334 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17335 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17336 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17337 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17339 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17341 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17342 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17344 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17348 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17851 10838))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17351 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17352 Toggle Master mode.
17353 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17354 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17355 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17357 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17358 following commands:
17360 \\{master-mode-map}
17362 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17363 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17364 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17370 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17851
17372 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17374 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17376 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17377 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17378 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17379 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17380 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17381 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17383 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17385 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17386 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17387 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17388 created in the future.
17389 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17390 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17396 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17397 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17398 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17399 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17400 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17401 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17402 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17403 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17404 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17405 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17406 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17851 10858))
17407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17409 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17410 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17412 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17414 If `parens', they look like:
17415 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17416 If `angles', they look like:
17417 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17419 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17420 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17422 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17424 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17425 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17427 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17429 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17430 *Local news organization file.")
17432 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17434 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17435 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17436 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17437 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17439 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17440 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17441 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17443 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17445 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17447 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17448 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17450 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17451 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17452 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17453 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17455 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17457 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17458 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17459 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17460 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17462 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17464 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17465 *Function for citing an original message.
17466 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17467 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17468 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17470 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17472 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17473 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17474 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17475 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17476 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17478 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17480 (defvar message-signature t "\
17481 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17482 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17483 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17484 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17486 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17488 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17489 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17490 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17491 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17493 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17495 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17496 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17498 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17500 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17502 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17503 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17504 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17505 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17506 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17507 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17508 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17509 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17510 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17511 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17512 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17513 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17514 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17515 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17516 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17517 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17518 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17519 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17520 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17521 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17522 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17523 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17524 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17525 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17526 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17527 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17528 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17529 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17530 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17531 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17532 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17533 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17534 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17535 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17536 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17537 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17538 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17542 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17543 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17544 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17546 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17548 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17549 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17551 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17553 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17554 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17556 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17558 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17559 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17561 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17563 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17564 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17565 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17567 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17569 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17570 Cancel an article you posted.
17571 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17575 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17576 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17577 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17578 header line with the old Message-ID.
17582 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17583 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17587 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17588 Forward the current message via mail.
17589 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17590 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17592 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17594 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17597 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17599 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17602 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17604 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17605 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17609 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17610 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17612 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17614 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17615 Re-mail the current message.
17616 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17617 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17622 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17623 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17625 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17627 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17628 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17630 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17632 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17633 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17635 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17637 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17638 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17640 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17642 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17643 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17644 Works by overstriking characters.
17645 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17646 which specify the range to operate on.
17648 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17650 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17651 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17652 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17653 which specify the range to operate on.
17655 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17659 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17660 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
17661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17663 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17664 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17668 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17669 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17673 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17674 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17678 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17679 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17686 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17687 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
17688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17690 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17691 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17692 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17696 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17697 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17698 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17699 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17700 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17701 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17702 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17704 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17706 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17707 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17708 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17709 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17710 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17712 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17713 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17715 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17717 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17718 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17719 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17720 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17721 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17723 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17724 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17726 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17730 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17731 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17732 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17851 10863))
17733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17735 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17736 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17737 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17741 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17742 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17743 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17747 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17748 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17750 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17751 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17752 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17754 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17755 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17757 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17758 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17760 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17762 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17764 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17765 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17766 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17767 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17768 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17771 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17772 initial Subject field, respectively.
17774 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17775 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17778 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17781 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17783 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17784 Save draft and send message.
17786 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17787 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17788 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17791 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17792 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17793 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17795 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17796 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17797 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17798 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17799 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17800 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17802 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17803 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17807 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17808 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17810 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17811 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17812 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17813 delete the draft message.
17819 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17851 10863))
17820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17822 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17824 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17826 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17828 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17829 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17835 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17836 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17851 10863))
17837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17839 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17840 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17841 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17843 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17844 the MH mail system.
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17848 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17849 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17850 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17852 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17853 the MH mail system.
17855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17857 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17858 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17860 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17861 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17862 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17865 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17866 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17867 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17870 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17874 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17875 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17876 can be used in several ways.
17878 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17879 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17880 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17881 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17885 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17886 The range must be nonempty.
17891 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17892 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17899 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17902 All of the messages.
17904 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17905 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17907 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17908 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17909 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17911 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17917 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17918 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17851 10838))
17919 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17921 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17922 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17923 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17924 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17925 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17926 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17927 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17928 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17929 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17930 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17931 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17935 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17936 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17937 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17938 to its second argument TM.
17940 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17944 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17945 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17851 10838))
17946 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17948 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17949 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17950 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17953 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17955 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17957 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17958 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17959 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17960 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17961 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17962 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17963 default indication.
17965 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17966 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17972 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17973 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17976 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17977 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17982 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17986 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17987 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17988 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
17989 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17991 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17994 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17996 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17999 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18001 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18002 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18003 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18006 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18011 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17851 10858))
18012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18014 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18015 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18017 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18019 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18020 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18021 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18022 the entire message.
18023 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18025 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18029 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18030 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18033 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18034 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18035 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18036 the entire message.
18037 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18039 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18043 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18044 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17851 10858))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18047 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18048 Insert file contents of URL.
18049 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18051 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18053 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18054 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18061 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17851 10858))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18064 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18065 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18066 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18067 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18068 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18070 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18072 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18073 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18074 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18076 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18080 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18081 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18084 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18087 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18089 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18092 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18097 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18098 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17851 10858))
18099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18101 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18104 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18106 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18109 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18111 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18114 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18116 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18119 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18121 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18124 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18126 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18129 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18131 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18138 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18139 ;;;;;; (17289 39206))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18142 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18143 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18144 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18145 followed by the first character of the construct.
18147 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18148 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18149 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18150 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18151 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18152 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18153 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18154 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18155 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18156 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18157 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18158 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18159 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18162 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18163 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18164 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18170 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18171 ;;;;;; (17851 10866))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18174 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18175 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18177 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18179 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18180 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18186 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17851
18188 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18190 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18191 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18192 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18195 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18197 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18199 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18200 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18201 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18202 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18204 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18206 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18208 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18210 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18211 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18212 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18213 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18214 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18215 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18217 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18218 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18219 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18220 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18221 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18223 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18224 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18226 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18227 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18229 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18231 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18232 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18233 primary selection and region.
18235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17851 10866))
18240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18242 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18243 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18249 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17851 10838))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18252 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18253 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18254 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18257 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18259 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18261 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18263 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18264 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18265 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18271 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18272 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18273 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18274 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18275 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18276 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
18277 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18279 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18280 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18281 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18282 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18283 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18284 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18285 set of ISO charsets.
18287 Each element has the following format:
18288 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18290 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18292 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18293 CHARSET are mapped.
18295 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18296 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18297 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18298 character code in CHARSET.
18300 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18301 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18302 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18304 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18305 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18307 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18308 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18310 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18311 Display a list of all character sets.
18313 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18314 internal Emacs use.
18316 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18317 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18318 hexadecimal digits.
18319 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18320 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18322 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18323 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18324 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18325 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18327 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18328 but still shows the full information.
18332 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18333 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18334 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18335 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18336 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18338 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18339 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18340 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18341 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18342 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18344 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18346 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18347 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18348 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18349 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18350 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18352 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18354 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18355 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18357 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18359 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18360 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18362 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18364 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18365 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18367 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18368 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18370 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18371 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18372 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18373 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18374 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18375 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18376 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18377 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18378 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18379 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18380 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18381 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18382 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18383 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18384 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18385 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18389 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18390 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18394 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18395 Display a list of all coding systems.
18396 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18398 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18399 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18403 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18404 Display a list of all coding categories.
18408 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18409 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18410 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18412 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18414 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18415 Display information about FONTSET.
18416 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18418 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18420 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18421 Display a list of all fontsets.
18422 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18423 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18424 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18428 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18429 Display information about all input methods.
18433 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18434 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18436 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18437 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18438 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18439 system which uses fontsets).
18445 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18446 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18447 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18448 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18449 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18450 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17851 10860))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18453 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18454 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18455 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18457 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18459 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18461 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18462 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18464 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18465 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18467 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18468 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18470 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18472 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18473 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18474 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18475 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18476 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18477 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18478 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18480 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18481 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18482 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18483 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18484 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18485 middle of a character in STR.
18487 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18488 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18490 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18491 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18492 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18493 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18494 defaults to \"...\".
18496 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18498 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18499 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18501 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18502 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18503 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18505 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18506 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18507 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18509 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18510 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18511 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18513 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18514 longer than KEYSEQ.
18515 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18517 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18519 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18520 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18521 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18522 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18523 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18524 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18525 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18526 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18527 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18528 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18529 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18531 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18533 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18534 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18536 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18538 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18539 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18541 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18543 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18544 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18546 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18548 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18549 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18551 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18553 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18554 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18555 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18556 coding systems ordered by priority.
18558 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18560 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18561 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18562 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18563 language environment LANG-ENV.
18565 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18567 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18568 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18569 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18570 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18571 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18572 basis, this may not be accurate.
18574 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18578 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18579 ;;;;;; (17851 10838))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18582 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18583 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18584 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18585 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18586 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18587 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18589 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18591 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18592 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18593 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18594 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18598 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18599 Enable mouse wheel support.
18601 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18605 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18606 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18607 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18608 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17851 10863))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18611 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18612 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18614 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18616 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18618 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18619 `ping-program-options'.
18623 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18624 Run ipconfig program.
18628 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18630 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18631 Run netstat program.
18635 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18636 Run the arp program.
18640 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18641 Run the route program.
18645 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18646 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18650 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18651 Run nslookup program.
18655 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18656 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18660 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18665 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18670 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18671 Finger USER on HOST.
18673 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18675 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18676 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18677 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18678 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18680 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18682 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18687 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18688 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18690 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18692 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18693 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18695 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18699 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18700 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18701 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18702 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18703 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18704 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17851 10839))
18705 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18707 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18709 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18711 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18713 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18715 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18716 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18717 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18718 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18719 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18720 Major modes should set this variable.")
18722 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18723 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18724 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18725 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18726 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18727 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18729 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18730 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18732 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18733 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18734 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18736 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18737 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18738 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18739 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18740 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18742 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18743 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18744 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18746 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18747 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18748 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18749 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18751 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18752 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18753 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18754 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18755 column indentation or nil.
18756 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18758 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18759 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18760 The function has no args.
18762 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18763 comments always start in column zero.")
18765 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18766 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18767 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18769 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18771 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18772 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18773 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18774 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18776 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18777 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18779 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18781 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18782 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18783 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18784 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18785 customize this variable.
18787 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18788 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18790 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18792 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18793 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18794 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18795 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18796 the variables are properly set.
18798 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18800 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18801 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18805 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18806 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18807 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18809 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18811 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18812 Set the comment column based on point.
18813 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18814 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18815 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18816 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18820 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18821 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18822 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18826 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18827 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18828 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18831 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18833 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18834 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18835 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18836 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18837 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18838 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18839 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18840 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18842 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18843 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18845 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18847 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18848 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18849 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18850 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18852 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18854 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18855 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18856 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18857 is passed on to the respective function.
18859 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18861 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18862 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18863 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18864 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18865 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18866 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18867 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18868 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18869 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18873 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18874 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18875 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18877 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18879 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18880 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18881 This indents the body of the continued comment
18882 under the previous comment line.
18884 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18885 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18886 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18888 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18889 or comment indentation.
18891 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18892 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18894 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18898 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18899 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18900 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17851 10863))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18903 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18904 Check whether newsticker is running.
18905 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18906 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18910 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18911 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18912 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18913 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18918 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18919 Start the newsticker.
18920 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18921 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18922 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18923 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18925 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18927 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18928 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18929 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18934 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18935 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18941 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18942 ;;;;;; (17851 10858))
18943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18945 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18946 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18948 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18952 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17851
18954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18956 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18957 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18958 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18959 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18960 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18961 symbol in the alist.
18963 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18967 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18968 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
18969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18971 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18972 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18973 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18979 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18980 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
18981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18983 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18984 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18985 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18991 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18992 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
18993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18995 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18996 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18998 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19002 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19003 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17851 10859))
19004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19006 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19007 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19011 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19012 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19016 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19017 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19023 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19024 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17851 10839))
19025 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19027 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19028 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19029 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19031 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19033 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19036 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19038 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19039 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19040 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19041 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19042 to future sessions.
19044 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19046 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19047 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19048 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19049 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19050 to future sessions.
19052 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19056 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19057 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
19058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19060 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19061 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19063 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19064 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19065 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19071 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19072 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19075 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19076 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19077 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19078 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19079 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19085 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19086 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19089 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19090 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19091 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19093 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19095 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19096 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19098 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19099 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19100 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19104 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19108 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19109 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19112 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19113 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19115 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19116 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19117 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19118 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19120 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19121 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19122 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19123 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19124 is why you need this mode!).
19126 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19127 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19128 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19130 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19135 \\{octave-mode-map}
19137 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19138 ==============================================
19141 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19144 octave-auto-newline
19145 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19148 octave-blink-matching-block
19149 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19150 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19152 octave-block-offset
19153 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19156 octave-continuation-offset
19157 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19160 octave-continuation-string
19161 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19162 Default is a backslash.
19164 octave-mode-startup-message
19165 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19168 octave-send-echo-input
19169 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19170 command to the inferior Octave process.
19172 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19173 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19174 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19176 octave-send-echo-input
19177 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19179 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19181 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19182 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19184 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19185 (setq auto-mode-alist
19186 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19188 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19189 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19191 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19195 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19196 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19198 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19199 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19200 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19201 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19207 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19208 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19209 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19210 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19211 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19212 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19213 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19216 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19217 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19218 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19220 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19221 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19222 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19223 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19224 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19225 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19226 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19227 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19228 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19229 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19231 The following commands are available:
19237 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19238 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19240 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19241 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19242 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19243 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19244 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19246 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19247 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19248 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19249 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19250 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19251 and zoom in further.
19252 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19254 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19255 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19256 is negative, go up that many levels.
19258 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19259 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19260 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19262 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19263 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19267 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19268 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19272 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19273 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19274 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19275 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19277 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19278 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19279 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19280 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19281 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19282 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19283 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19284 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19286 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19287 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19288 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19290 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19291 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19292 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19296 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19297 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19298 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19299 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19300 before running the agenda command.
19302 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19304 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19305 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19306 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19307 will be able to go to other weeks.
19308 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19309 also be shown, under the current date.
19310 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19311 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19312 to turn on logging.
19313 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19314 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19315 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19317 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19319 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19320 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19321 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19322 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19323 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19324 `org-todo-keywords'.
19328 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19329 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19330 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19331 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19335 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19336 Return diary information from org-files.
19337 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19338 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19339 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19340 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19342 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19343 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19344 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19346 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19347 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19348 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19349 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19351 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19352 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19353 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19355 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19356 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19357 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19358 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19360 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19362 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19364 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19365 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19369 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19370 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19373 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19375 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19376 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19377 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19379 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19381 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19382 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19383 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19385 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19387 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19388 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19389 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19390 \\[org-insert-link].
19391 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19392 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19393 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19397 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19398 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19399 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19400 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19401 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19405 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19406 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19407 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19408 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19412 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19413 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19414 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19415 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19416 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19417 file the text at a specific location.
19418 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19419 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19420 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19422 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19423 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19424 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19425 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19426 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19427 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19428 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19429 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19431 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19432 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19433 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19434 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19436 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19437 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19438 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19440 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19441 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19442 \(i.e. after the stars).
19444 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19448 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19449 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19453 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19454 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19458 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19459 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19460 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19461 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19465 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19466 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19467 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19468 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19472 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19473 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19474 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19480 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19481 ;;;;;; (17851 10839))
19482 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19483 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19485 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19486 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19487 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19488 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19490 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19491 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19492 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19493 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19495 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19496 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19497 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19498 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19499 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19500 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19502 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19503 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19504 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19506 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19507 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19508 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19509 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19510 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19511 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19512 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19513 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19514 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19515 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19516 The subheadings remain visible.
19517 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19519 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19520 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19521 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19523 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19524 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19528 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19529 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19530 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19531 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17851
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19540 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19541 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19542 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19543 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19544 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19545 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19546 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19547 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19548 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19552 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17851 10839))
19553 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19555 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19556 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19557 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19559 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19560 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19562 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19564 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19565 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19566 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19567 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19569 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19570 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19576 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19577 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
19578 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19580 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19581 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19582 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19583 unknown are returned as nil.
19585 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19589 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17851
19591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19593 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19594 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19595 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19597 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19598 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19600 Other useful functions are:
19602 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19603 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19604 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19605 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19606 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19607 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19608 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19609 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19610 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19612 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19614 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19615 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19616 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19617 Indentation for case statements.
19618 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19619 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19621 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19622 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19623 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19624 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19625 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19626 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19627 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19628 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19629 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19630 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19632 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19633 pascal-separator-keywords.
19635 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19636 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19642 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19643 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
19644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19646 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19647 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19648 The keys affected are:
19649 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19650 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19651 M-Backspace does undo.
19652 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19653 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19654 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19660 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19661 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17851 10853))
19662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19664 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19665 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19666 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19669 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19671 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19673 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19674 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19676 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19678 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19679 which modify the status of the mark.
19681 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19682 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19684 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19685 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19687 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19688 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19689 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19690 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19691 turning PC Selection mode on.
19693 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19694 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19696 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19697 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19698 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19700 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19701 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19702 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19704 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19705 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19707 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19708 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19709 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19711 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19712 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19713 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19719 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19720 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19725 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19726 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19727 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19728 and cursor movement commands.
19729 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19731 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19733 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19737 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17851
19739 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19741 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19742 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19748 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19749 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17851 10839))
19750 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19752 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19753 Completion for `gzip'.
19757 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19758 Completion for `bzip2'.
19762 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19763 Completion for GNU `make'.
19767 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19768 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19772 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19776 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19777 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17851 10839))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19780 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19781 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19785 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19786 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19790 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19791 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19797 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17851
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19801 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19802 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19803 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19804 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19805 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19806 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19812 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19813 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19814 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17851 10839))
19815 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19817 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19818 Completion for `cd'.
19822 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19824 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19825 Completion for `rmdir'.
19829 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19830 Completion for `rm'.
19834 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19835 Completion for `xargs'.
19839 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19841 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19842 Completion for `which'.
19846 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19847 Completion for the `chown' command.
19851 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19852 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19858 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19859 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19860 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17851
19862 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19864 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19865 Support extensible programmable completion.
19866 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19867 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19871 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19872 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19876 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19877 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19878 This will modify the current buffer.
19882 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19883 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19887 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19888 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19889 This will modify the current buffer.
19893 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19894 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19898 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19899 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19903 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19904 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19905 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19906 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19907 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19909 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19911 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19912 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19918 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19919 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19920 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17851 10840))
19921 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19923 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19924 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19925 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19926 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19928 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19930 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19932 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19933 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19934 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19935 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19936 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19937 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19940 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19942 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19943 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19944 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19945 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19946 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19947 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19948 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19949 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19951 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19953 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19954 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19955 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19956 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19957 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19958 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19959 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19962 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19964 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19965 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19966 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19967 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19968 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19969 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19970 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19972 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19974 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19976 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19977 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19978 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19980 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
19982 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19983 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19984 nil means never do it.
19985 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19986 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19987 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19989 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
19991 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19992 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19993 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17851 10839))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20000 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20004 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20005 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
20006 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20008 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20009 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20010 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20011 Tab indents for Perl code.
20012 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20013 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20014 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20016 Variables controlling indentation style:
20017 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20018 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20019 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20020 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20021 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20022 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20023 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20025 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20026 `perl-indent-level'
20027 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20028 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20029 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20030 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20031 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20032 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20033 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20034 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20035 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20036 `perl-brace-offset'
20037 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20038 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20039 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20040 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20041 `perl-label-offset'
20042 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20043 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20044 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20046 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20047 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20048 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20049 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20050 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20051 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20052 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20054 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20060 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20061 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20062 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20063 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17851 10840))
20064 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20066 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20067 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20069 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20071 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20072 passphrase cache or user.
20074 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20076 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20077 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20079 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20082 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20084 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20085 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20087 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20090 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20091 passphrase cache or user.
20093 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20095 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20096 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20098 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20100 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20103 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20104 passphrase cache or user.
20106 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20108 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20109 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20111 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20112 passphrase cache or user.
20114 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20116 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20117 Decrypt the current buffer.
20119 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20122 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20123 passphrase cache or user.
20125 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20127 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20128 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20130 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20131 a detached signature.
20133 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20134 and the the output is displayed.
20136 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20137 passphrase cache or user.
20139 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20141 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20142 Sign the current buffer.
20144 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20145 detached signature.
20147 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20150 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20151 and the the output is displayed.
20153 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20154 passphrase cache or user.
20156 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20158 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20159 Verify the current region between START and END.
20160 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20161 the detached signature of the current region.
20163 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20164 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20166 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20168 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20169 Verify the current buffer.
20170 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20171 the detached signature of the current region.
20172 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20173 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20174 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20177 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20179 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20180 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20184 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20185 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20187 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20189 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20190 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20196 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20197 ;;;;;; (17851 10840))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20200 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20201 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20203 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20207 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20208 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20211 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20212 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20213 \\<picture-mode-map>
20214 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20215 afterwards settable by these commands:
20217 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20218 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20219 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20220 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20222 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20223 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20224 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20225 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20227 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20228 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20229 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20230 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20232 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20233 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20234 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20235 with these commands:
20237 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20238 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20239 Move to column following last
20240 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20241 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20242 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20243 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20244 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20245 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20247 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20249 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20250 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20251 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20252 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20253 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20254 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20256 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20257 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20258 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20259 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20260 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20261 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20262 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20264 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20265 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20266 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20267 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20268 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20269 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20270 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20271 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20273 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20274 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20275 by supplying an argument.
20277 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20279 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20280 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20284 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20289 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20292 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20293 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20294 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20296 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20300 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17851 10866))
20301 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20303 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20304 Play pong and waste time.
20305 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20306 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20308 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20316 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20317 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17851 10853))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20320 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20321 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20322 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20323 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20325 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20327 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20328 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20332 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20333 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20334 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20335 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20336 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20338 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20340 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20341 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20342 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20344 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20346 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20347 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20348 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20349 Ignores leading comment characters.
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20356 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20357 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20358 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20359 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20360 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20361 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20362 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20363 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20364 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20365 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20366 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20367 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20368 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20369 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20370 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20371 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20372 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20373 ;;;;;; (17851 10840))
20374 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20376 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20377 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20379 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20381 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20385 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20386 Preview directory using ghostview.
20388 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20389 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20390 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20391 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20393 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20394 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20395 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20396 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20397 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20400 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20402 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20404 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20405 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20407 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20408 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20409 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20410 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20412 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20413 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20414 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20415 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20416 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20419 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20421 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20423 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20424 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20426 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20427 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20428 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20429 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20431 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20432 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20433 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20434 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20435 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20438 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20440 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20442 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20443 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20445 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20447 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20448 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20449 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20450 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20452 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20453 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20454 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20455 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20456 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20459 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20461 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20463 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20464 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20466 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20467 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20468 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20470 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20471 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20472 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20473 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20475 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20477 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20478 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20480 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20481 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20482 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20484 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20485 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20486 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20487 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20489 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20491 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20492 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20494 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20495 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20496 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20498 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20499 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20500 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20501 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20503 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20505 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20506 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20508 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20510 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20511 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20512 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20515 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20516 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20517 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20519 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20521 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20522 Preview region using ghostview.
20524 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20526 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20528 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20529 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20531 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20533 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20535 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20536 Print region using PostScript printer.
20538 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20540 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20542 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20543 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20545 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20547 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20549 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20550 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20552 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20554 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20556 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20557 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20559 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20561 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20563 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20564 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20566 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20568 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20570 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20571 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20573 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20575 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20577 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20578 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20579 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20580 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20582 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20585 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20586 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20588 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20590 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20592 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20593 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20594 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20595 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20599 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20600 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20601 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20602 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20606 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20607 Print directory using text printer.
20609 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20612 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20613 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20615 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20617 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20619 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20620 Print buffer using text printer.
20624 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20625 Print region using text printer.
20629 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20630 Print major mode using text printer.
20634 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20635 Preview spooled PostScript.
20637 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20638 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20639 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20641 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20642 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20643 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20645 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20647 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20648 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20650 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20651 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20652 instead of sending it to the printer.
20654 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20655 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20656 image in a file with that name.
20658 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20660 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20661 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20663 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20664 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20665 instead of sending it to the printer.
20667 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20668 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20669 image in a file with that name.
20671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20673 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20674 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20676 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20677 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20678 instead of sending it to the printer.
20680 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20681 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20682 image in a file with that name.
20684 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20686 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20687 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20689 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20691 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20692 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20694 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20696 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20697 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20699 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20701 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20702 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20704 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20706 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20707 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20709 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20711 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20712 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20714 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20715 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20716 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20717 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20719 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20720 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20721 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20722 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20723 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20724 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20727 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20729 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20730 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20734 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20735 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20737 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20739 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20744 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20745 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20749 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20750 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20754 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20755 Toggle printing with faces.
20759 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20764 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20769 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20772 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20774 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20779 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20784 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20785 Toggle upside-down.
20789 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20790 Toggle line number.
20794 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20795 Toggle zebra stripes.
20799 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20800 Toggle printing header.
20804 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20805 Toggle printing header frame.
20809 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20814 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20815 Toggle auto region.
20819 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20824 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20825 Customization of the `printing' group.
20827 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20829 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20830 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20832 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20834 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20835 Help for the printing package.
20837 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20839 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20840 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20844 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20845 Interactively select a text printer.
20849 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20850 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20854 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20855 Show current ps-print settings.
20857 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20859 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20860 Show current printing settings.
20862 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20864 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20865 Show current lpr settings.
20867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20869 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20870 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20872 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20873 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20874 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20875 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20878 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20880 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20881 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20882 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20884 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20885 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20886 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20887 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20888 current active printer.
20890 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20891 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20892 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20895 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20896 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20897 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20898 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20899 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20902 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20903 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20905 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20907 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20908 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20909 be done using the new current active printer.
20911 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20912 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20915 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20916 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20917 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20918 instead of sending it to the printer.
20920 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20921 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20924 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20927 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20930 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20932 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20933 Fast fire function for text printing.
20935 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20936 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20937 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20938 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20940 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20941 user for a new active text printer.
20943 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20945 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20947 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20948 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20951 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20953 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20956 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20960 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20961 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
20962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20964 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20965 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20966 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20968 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20969 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20970 if that value is non-nil.
20974 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
20976 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
20977 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20978 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
20980 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
20984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17851 10840))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20987 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20988 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20989 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20993 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17851
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20997 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20998 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21000 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21002 The following variables hold user options, and can
21003 be set through the `customize' command:
21005 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21007 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21008 `ps-mode-print-function'
21010 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21014 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21017 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21023 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21024 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21025 The keymap for this second window is:
21027 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21030 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21031 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21032 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21033 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21034 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21041 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21042 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21043 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17851 10840))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21046 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21047 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21051 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21052 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21053 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21054 changed by setting the variable
21055 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21056 The initial value of this variable is
21057 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21060 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21061 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21062 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21063 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21064 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21065 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21068 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21069 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21070 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21071 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21072 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21073 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21074 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21075 use this value, be sure to have installed
21076 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21077 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21078 documentation of this variable).
21080 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21081 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21082 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21083 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21084 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21085 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21087 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21089 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21091 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21092 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21093 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21095 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21097 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21102 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21103 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21105 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21107 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21111 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21113 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21116 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21118 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21119 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21121 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21124 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21128 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21130 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21133 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21135 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21136 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21140 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21141 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21142 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21144 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21146 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21147 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21148 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21150 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21152 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21159 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21160 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21161 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21162 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21163 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21164 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17851
21166 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21168 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21169 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21170 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21172 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21174 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21175 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21176 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21177 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21179 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21181 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21182 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21186 nil Do not print colors.
21190 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21191 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21193 Any other value is treated as t.")
21195 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21197 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21198 Customization of ps-print group.
21202 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21203 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21207 sending it to the printer.
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21211 image in a file with that name.
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21216 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21217 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21218 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21219 so it has a way to determine color values.
21221 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21223 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21224 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21225 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21227 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21229 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21230 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21231 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21232 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21233 so it has a way to determine color values.
21235 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21237 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21238 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21239 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21240 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21242 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21246 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21247 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21248 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21249 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21250 so it has a way to determine color values.
21252 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21256 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21257 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21258 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21260 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21262 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21264 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21265 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21266 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21267 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21268 so it has a way to determine color values.
21270 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21272 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21274 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21275 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21277 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21278 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21279 instead of sending it to the printer.
21281 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21282 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21283 image in a file with that name.
21285 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21287 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21288 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21289 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21290 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21291 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21295 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21296 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21297 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21299 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21301 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21302 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21303 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21305 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21307 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21308 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21312 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21313 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21315 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21316 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21318 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21319 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21321 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21323 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21325 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21327 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21328 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21330 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21331 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21333 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21334 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21336 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21338 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21340 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21342 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21343 foreground and background colors respectively.
21345 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21346 bold - use bold font.
21347 italic - use italic font.
21348 underline - put a line under text.
21349 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21350 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21351 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21352 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21353 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21355 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21357 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21361 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21362 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
21363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21365 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21367 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21369 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21371 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21372 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21373 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21374 buffer automatically.
21376 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21377 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21378 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21379 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21380 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21381 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21382 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21384 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21385 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21386 buffer for a list of commands.)
21388 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21390 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21391 Major mode for editing Python files.
21392 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21393 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21394 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21395 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21397 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21398 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21399 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21400 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21401 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21402 \\<python-mode-map>
21403 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21404 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21405 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21406 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21407 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21408 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21410 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21411 effect outside them.
21413 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21414 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21415 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21416 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21417 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21418 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21419 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21420 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21421 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21423 \\{python-mode-map}
21427 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21428 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21429 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21430 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21436 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21437 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
21438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21440 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21441 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21442 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21445 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21446 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21448 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21449 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21450 them into characters should be done separately.
21452 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21456 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21457 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21458 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21459 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21460 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17851 10861))
21461 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21463 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21464 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21468 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21469 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21470 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21472 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21473 `quail-activate', which see.
21475 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21477 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21478 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21479 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21480 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21481 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21482 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21483 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21485 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21486 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21487 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21488 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21489 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21491 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21493 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21494 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21495 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21496 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21497 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21498 list of candidates.
21500 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21501 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21502 command to be called.
21504 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21505 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21506 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21507 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21509 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21510 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21511 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21512 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21513 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21516 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21517 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21518 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21519 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21521 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21522 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21523 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21524 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21526 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21527 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21528 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21529 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21530 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21531 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21533 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21534 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21535 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21536 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21537 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21538 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21540 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21541 covers Quail translation region.
21543 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21544 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21545 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21546 for it) is inserted.
21548 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21549 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21550 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21552 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21553 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21554 non-Quail commands.
21556 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21558 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21559 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21561 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21562 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21563 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21564 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21565 you type is correctly handled.
21567 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21569 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21570 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21572 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21575 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21577 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21578 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21579 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21580 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21581 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21582 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21583 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21584 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21585 for the translation.
21586 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21588 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21589 it is used to handle KEY.
21591 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21592 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21593 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21594 the following annotation types are supported.
21596 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21597 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21599 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21602 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21603 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21604 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21607 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21608 generated for the following translations.
21610 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21612 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21613 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21615 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21616 which to install MAP.
21618 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21620 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21622 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21623 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21625 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21626 which to install MAP.
21628 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21630 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21632 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21633 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21634 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21635 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21636 a function, or a cons.
21637 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21638 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21639 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21640 for the translation.
21641 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21642 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21643 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21644 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21645 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21647 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21648 it is used to handle KEY.
21650 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21651 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21652 current Quail package.
21654 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21655 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21657 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21659 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21660 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21662 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21663 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21665 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21667 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21668 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21670 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21672 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21673 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21674 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21675 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21676 of the Emacs source tree.
21678 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21679 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21681 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21682 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21685 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21689 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21690 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21691 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17851
21693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21695 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21696 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21697 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21698 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21700 To make use of this do something like:
21702 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21704 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21706 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21707 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21709 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21710 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21711 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21713 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21715 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21716 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21718 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21720 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21721 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21723 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21726 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21728 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21729 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21731 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21732 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21733 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21735 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21737 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21738 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21740 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21742 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21743 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21747 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21748 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21750 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21752 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21756 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21757 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21763 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21764 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17851 10864))
21765 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21767 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21769 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21773 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21775 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21778 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21780 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21781 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21782 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21785 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21787 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21789 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21790 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21796 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17851
21798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21800 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21801 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21804 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21808 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21809 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
21810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21812 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21814 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21815 Construct a regexp interactively.
21821 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17851 10841))
21822 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21824 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21825 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21826 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21829 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21831 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21833 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21834 Toggle recentf mode.
21835 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21836 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21838 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21839 that were operated on recently.
21841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21845 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21846 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21847 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21848 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17851
21850 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21852 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21853 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21854 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21855 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21857 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21859 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21861 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21862 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21863 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21864 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21867 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21868 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21871 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21873 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21874 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21875 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21877 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21878 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21881 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21883 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21884 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21885 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21887 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21889 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21890 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21892 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21893 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21895 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21898 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21899 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21900 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21901 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21904 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21906 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21907 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21911 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21912 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21913 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21914 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21915 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21916 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21917 and point is at the lower right corner.
21919 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21921 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21922 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21924 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21925 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21927 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21928 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21929 on the right side of the rectangle.
21931 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21933 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21935 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21936 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21937 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21938 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21939 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21941 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21942 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21944 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21946 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21947 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21948 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21950 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21952 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21954 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21956 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21957 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21959 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21960 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21961 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21963 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21965 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21966 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21967 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21969 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21970 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21971 rectangle which were empty.
21973 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21977 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17851
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21981 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21982 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21983 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21985 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21986 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21987 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21994 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17851 10872))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21997 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21998 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22002 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22003 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22005 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22006 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22008 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22009 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22010 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22013 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22014 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22015 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22017 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22018 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22019 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22021 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22022 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22024 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22025 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22027 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22028 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22031 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22035 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22036 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22037 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22043 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22044 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22047 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22048 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22049 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22050 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22051 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22052 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22054 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22056 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22058 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22059 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22060 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22061 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22062 `reftex-cite-format'.
22064 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22065 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22066 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22067 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22069 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22073 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22074 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22075 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22077 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22078 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22079 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22080 the current TeX document.
22082 With no argument, this command toggles
22083 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22084 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22090 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22091 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22094 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22095 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22096 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22098 To insert new phrases, use
22099 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22100 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22102 To index phrases use one of:
22104 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22105 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22106 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22107 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22108 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22110 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22111 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22113 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22115 Here are all local bindings.
22117 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22123 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22124 ;;;;;; (17851 10872))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22127 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22128 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22129 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22132 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17851
22138 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22139 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22140 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22141 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22142 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22146 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22147 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22150 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22151 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22152 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22153 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22154 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22155 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22157 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22158 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22160 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22163 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22165 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22166 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22167 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22168 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22170 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22174 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17851 10841))
22175 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22177 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22178 Repeat most recently executed command.
22179 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22180 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22181 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22183 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22184 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22185 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22187 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22191 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22192 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22195 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22196 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22198 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22199 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22200 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22201 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22202 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22203 and point is left after the salutation.
22205 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22206 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22207 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22208 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22209 left after that text.
22211 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22214 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22215 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22216 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22217 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22219 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22223 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22224 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22225 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22227 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22228 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22229 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22230 visibility of comments that precede it.
22231 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22232 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22233 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22234 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22235 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22236 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22237 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22238 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22240 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22241 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22242 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22243 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22244 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22247 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22251 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17851
22253 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22255 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22256 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22262 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22263 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
22264 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22266 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22267 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22268 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22270 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22271 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22272 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22276 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22277 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22278 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22279 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22280 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22281 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22283 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22285 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22286 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22287 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22289 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22290 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22291 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22297 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22298 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22301 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22302 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22306 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22307 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22309 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22313 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17851 10864))
22314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22315 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22317 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22318 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22319 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22320 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22322 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22324 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22325 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22326 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22327 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22329 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22330 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22332 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22333 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22335 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22336 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22339 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22340 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22341 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22342 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22343 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22345 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22346 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22347 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22348 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22350 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22351 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22354 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22358 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22359 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22360 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22361 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22362 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22363 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22364 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17851
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22368 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22369 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22370 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22372 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22374 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22375 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22376 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22377 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22379 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22381 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22382 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22383 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22384 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22385 value is the user's email address and name.)
22386 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22388 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22389 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22390 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22391 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22392 which normally happens once for each message,
22393 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22394 To make a change in this variable take effect
22395 for a message that you have already viewed,
22396 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22398 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22400 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22401 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22402 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22403 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22405 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22407 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22408 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22410 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22412 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22413 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22414 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22415 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22417 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22419 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22420 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22422 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22424 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22425 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22427 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22429 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22430 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22431 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22432 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22433 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22435 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22437 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22438 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22439 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22440 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22442 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22444 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22445 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22447 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22449 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22450 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22452 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22454 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22455 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22459 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22460 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22462 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22463 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22465 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22466 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22468 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22470 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22471 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22473 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22474 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22475 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22476 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22478 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22479 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22481 This is set to nil by default.")
22483 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22484 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22485 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22486 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22487 until a user explicitly requires it.
22489 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22490 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22493 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22495 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22496 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22497 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22498 It is called with no argument.")
22500 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22501 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22502 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22503 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22504 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22505 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22506 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22508 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22509 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22510 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22511 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22512 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22513 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22515 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22516 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22517 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22518 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22519 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22521 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22522 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22523 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22524 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22525 MSG is the message number,
22526 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22527 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22529 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22530 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22531 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22532 this feature is required with `require'.
22534 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22535 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22537 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22538 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22539 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22540 the message is decoded as normal way.
22542 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22543 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22544 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22546 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22547 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22548 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22550 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22551 Read and edit incoming mail.
22552 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22553 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22554 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22556 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22557 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22558 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22559 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22561 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22563 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22565 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22566 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22567 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22568 Instead, these commands are available:
22570 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22571 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22572 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22573 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22574 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22575 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22576 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22577 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22578 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22579 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22580 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22581 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22582 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22583 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22584 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22585 till a deleted message is found.
22586 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22587 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22588 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22589 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22590 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22591 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22592 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22593 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22594 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22595 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22596 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22597 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22598 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22599 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22600 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22601 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22602 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22603 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22604 (label defaults to last one specified).
22605 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22606 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22607 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22608 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22609 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22610 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22611 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22612 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22613 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22617 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22618 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22620 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22622 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22623 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22625 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22629 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22630 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22633 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22634 Edit the contents of this message.
22640 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22641 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22642 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17851 10862))
22643 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22645 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22646 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22647 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22649 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22651 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22652 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22653 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22655 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22657 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22660 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22662 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22663 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22664 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22665 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22666 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22668 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22670 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22671 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22672 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22673 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22674 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22676 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22680 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22681 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
22682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22684 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22685 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22686 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22687 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22689 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22693 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22694 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22695 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17851 10862))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22698 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22699 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22700 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22701 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22702 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22703 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22704 a file name as a string.")
22706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22708 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22709 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22710 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22711 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22712 buffer visiting that file.
22713 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22714 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22716 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22717 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22719 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22720 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22722 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22723 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22725 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22727 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22728 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22730 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22732 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22733 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22734 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22735 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22736 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22738 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22739 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22740 will be appended with their original headers.
22742 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22743 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22745 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22746 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22748 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22750 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22752 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22753 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22754 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22756 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22760 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22761 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22762 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17851
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22766 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22767 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22768 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22770 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22772 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22773 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22774 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22776 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22778 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22779 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22780 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22782 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22784 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22785 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22786 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22788 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22790 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22791 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22792 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22794 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22796 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22797 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22798 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22800 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22802 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22803 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22804 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22805 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22807 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22811 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22812 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22813 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22814 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22815 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17851 10862))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22818 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22819 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22821 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22823 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22824 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22826 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22828 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22829 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22833 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22834 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22835 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22837 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22839 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22840 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22841 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22842 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22843 only look in the To and From fields.
22844 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22846 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22848 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22849 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22850 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22851 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22852 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22854 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22856 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22857 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22858 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22859 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22860 look in the whole message.
22861 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22863 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22865 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22866 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22867 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22869 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22871 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22872 *Function to decode summary-line.
22874 By default, `identity' is set.")
22876 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22878 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22879 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22880 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22881 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22882 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22883 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22884 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22886 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22887 sent by you under different user names.
22888 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22890 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22892 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22896 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22897 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17851 10841))
22898 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22900 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22901 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22903 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22905 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22906 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
22908 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22910 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22911 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22915 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22916 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
22917 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22919 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22920 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22923 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22927 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22928 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
22934 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17851
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22938 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22939 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22945 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17851
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22949 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22950 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22951 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22952 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22954 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22956 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22957 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22958 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22959 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22961 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22965 matches string STRING literally.
22968 matches character CHAR literally.
22970 `not-newline', `nonl'
22971 matches any character except a newline.
22974 matches any character
22979 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22980 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22981 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22983 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22984 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22985 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22986 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22988 `(not (any SET ...))'
22989 matches any character not in SET ...
22991 `line-start', `bol'
22992 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22993 in the text being matched
22996 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22998 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22999 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23000 string being matched against.
23002 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23003 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23004 string being matched against.
23007 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23008 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23011 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23012 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23015 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23017 `word-start', `bow'
23018 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23022 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23025 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23028 `(not word-boundary)'
23029 `not-word-boundary'
23030 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23033 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23034 matches 0 through 9.
23037 matches ASCII control characters.
23039 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23040 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23043 matches space and tab only.
23046 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23049 `printing', `print'
23050 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23053 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23054 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23055 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23057 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23058 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23059 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23062 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23065 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23067 `lower', `lower-case'
23068 matches anything lower-case.
23070 `upper', `upper-case'
23071 matches anything upper-case.
23073 `punctuation', `punct'
23074 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23075 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23077 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23078 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23081 matches anything that has word syntax.
23084 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23087 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23088 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23089 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23091 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23092 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23095 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23096 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23097 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23098 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23099 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23101 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23102 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23103 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23104 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23105 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23107 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23108 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23110 `(category CATEGORY)'
23111 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23112 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23114 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23115 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23116 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23117 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23121 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23122 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23123 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23124 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23125 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23126 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23127 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23128 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23129 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23130 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23131 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23132 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23133 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23134 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23143 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23147 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23149 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23154 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23155 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23157 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23158 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23159 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23160 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23161 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23163 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23164 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23165 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23166 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23168 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23169 another name for `submatch'.
23171 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23172 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23173 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23174 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23175 regular expression.
23177 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23178 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23179 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23180 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23181 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23183 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23184 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23186 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23187 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23189 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23191 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23194 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23195 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23198 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23199 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23201 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23203 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23206 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23209 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23211 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23212 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23214 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23217 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23220 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23224 matches N occurrences.
23227 matches N or more occurrences.
23229 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23230 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23231 matches N to M occurrences.
23234 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23237 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23240 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23243 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23247 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23249 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23253 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23254 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23257 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23258 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23259 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23262 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23264 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23265 Toggle savehist-mode.
23266 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23267 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23268 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23269 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23271 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23272 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23273 which is probably undesirable.
23279 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23280 ;;;;;; (17851 10869))
23281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23283 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23284 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23285 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23287 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23288 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23289 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23290 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23291 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23292 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23293 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23294 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23297 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23298 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23299 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23300 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23301 if that value is non-nil.
23305 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23306 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23307 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23311 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23312 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23313 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23314 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23315 that variable's value is a string.
23321 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23322 ;;;;;; (17851 10859))
23323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23325 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23326 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23327 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23329 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23335 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23336 ;;;;;; (17851 10841))
23337 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23339 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23340 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23341 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23342 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23343 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23344 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23346 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23348 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23349 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23350 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23351 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23352 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23358 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23359 ;;;;;; (17851 10842))
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23362 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23363 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23364 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23365 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23366 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23374 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23375 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23376 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23377 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23378 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23379 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23380 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23381 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17851 10862))
23382 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23384 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23385 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23387 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23389 If `parens', they look like:
23390 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23391 If `angles', they look like:
23392 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23393 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23394 derived from the envelope-from address.
23396 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23397 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23398 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23399 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23401 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23403 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23404 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23405 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23406 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23408 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23409 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23410 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23411 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23413 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23415 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23416 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23417 This is done when the message is initialized,
23418 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23420 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23422 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23423 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23424 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23426 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23428 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23430 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23431 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23432 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23433 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23434 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23435 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23436 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23438 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23440 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23441 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23443 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23445 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23446 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23447 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23449 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23451 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23452 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23453 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23454 when you first send mail.")
23456 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23458 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23459 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23460 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23461 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23462 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23464 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23466 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23467 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23468 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23469 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23470 This file need not actually exist.")
23472 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23474 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23475 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23476 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23478 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23480 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23481 Alist of mail address aliases,
23482 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23483 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23484 can specify a different file name.)
23485 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23486 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23488 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23489 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23490 nil means use indentation.")
23492 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23494 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23495 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23496 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23498 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23500 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23501 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23502 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23503 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23504 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23505 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23506 in the cited portion of the message.
23508 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23509 instead of no action.")
23511 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23513 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23514 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23515 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23516 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23517 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23519 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23521 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23522 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23523 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23524 If a string, that string is inserted.
23525 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23526 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23527 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23528 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23530 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23532 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23533 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23535 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23537 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23538 Directory for mail buffers.
23539 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23540 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23542 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23544 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23545 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23546 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23547 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23549 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23551 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23552 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23553 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23554 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23557 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23559 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23560 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23561 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23562 `query' means ask the user each time.
23563 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23564 The default is `mime'.
23565 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23566 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23568 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23570 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23571 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23572 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23574 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23575 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23577 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23578 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23579 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23580 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23581 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23582 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23583 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23584 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23585 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23586 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23587 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23588 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23589 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23593 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23594 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23596 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23597 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23599 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23601 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23602 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23603 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23604 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23605 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23606 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23608 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23609 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23610 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23612 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23613 User should not set this variable manually,
23614 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23615 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23616 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23617 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23619 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23620 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23621 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23622 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23624 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23625 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23628 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23630 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23631 to move to message header fields:
23634 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23635 when the message is initialized.
23637 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23638 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23640 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23643 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23644 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23646 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23647 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23648 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23649 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23650 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23651 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23652 buffer without erasing the contents.
23654 The second through fifth arguments,
23655 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23656 the initial contents of those header fields.
23657 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23658 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23659 original message being replied to, or else an action
23660 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23661 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23662 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23663 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23664 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23665 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23667 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23669 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23670 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23672 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23674 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23675 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23677 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23681 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23682 ;;;;;; (17851 10842))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23685 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23686 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23687 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23688 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23689 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23690 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23692 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23694 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23696 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23697 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23698 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23701 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23703 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23705 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23706 Toggle Server mode.
23707 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23708 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23709 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23715 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17851 10843))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23718 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23719 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23720 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23724 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23725 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23726 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23727 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23734 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23737 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23738 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23740 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23743 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23744 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23745 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23747 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23748 in your `.emacs' file.
23750 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23752 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23753 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23758 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23760 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23761 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23762 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23763 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23764 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23765 which this is based.
23767 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23769 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23770 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23771 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23772 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23774 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23775 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23776 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23778 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23779 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23780 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23781 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23783 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23784 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23785 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23786 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23788 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23790 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23791 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
23792 To work around that, do:
23793 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23801 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23802 ;;;;;; (17851 10870))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23804 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23806 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23807 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23808 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23809 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23810 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23811 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23813 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23814 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23815 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23816 shell-specific features.
23818 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23819 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23820 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23822 \\[sh-case] case statement
23823 \\[sh-for] for loop
23824 \\[sh-function] function definition
23825 \\[sh-if] if statement
23826 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23827 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23828 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23829 \\[sh-select] select loop
23830 \\[sh-until] until loop
23831 \\[sh-while] while loop
23833 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23834 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23835 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23836 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23837 would indent to the way it currently is.
23838 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23839 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23842 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23843 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23844 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23845 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23846 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23847 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23849 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23851 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23853 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23854 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23855 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23857 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23858 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23862 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23866 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17851 10859))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23869 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23870 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23871 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23872 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23873 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23874 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23876 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23880 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23884 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23885 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23887 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23888 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23889 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23890 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23893 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23895 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23897 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23898 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23899 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23901 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23902 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23904 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23905 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23906 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23907 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23908 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23909 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23910 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23913 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23914 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23915 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23916 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23917 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23919 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23920 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23921 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23927 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23928 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17851
23930 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23932 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23933 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23934 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23935 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23936 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23937 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23942 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23943 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23944 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23945 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23946 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23950 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23951 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23952 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23953 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23954 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
23955 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23956 `shadow-define-cluster').
23960 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23961 Set up file shadowing.
23967 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23968 ;;;;;; (17851 10843))
23969 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23971 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23972 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23973 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23974 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23975 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23978 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
23980 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23981 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23982 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23983 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23984 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23985 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23986 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23987 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
23988 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
23989 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
23990 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
23991 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23992 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23993 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23995 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23996 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23997 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23998 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23999 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24000 `default-process-coding-system'.
24002 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24003 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24004 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24005 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24007 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24009 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24010 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24015 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17851 10860))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24018 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24021 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24023 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24026 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24028 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24031 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24035 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24036 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24039 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24040 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24041 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24042 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24043 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24045 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17851 10843))
24052 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24053 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24057 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17851
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24061 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24062 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24063 \\{simula-mode-map}
24064 Variables controlling indentation style:
24065 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24066 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24067 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24068 `simula-indent-level'
24069 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24070 `simula-substatement-offset'
24071 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24072 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24073 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24074 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24075 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24076 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24077 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24078 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24079 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24080 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24081 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24082 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24083 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24084 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24085 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24086 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24087 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24088 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24089 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24090 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24091 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24092 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24093 or nil if they should not be changed.
24094 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24095 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24096 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24097 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24099 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24100 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24106 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24107 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17851 10843))
24108 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24110 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24111 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24113 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24114 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24115 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24116 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24118 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24120 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24122 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24123 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24124 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24125 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24126 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24128 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24129 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24131 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24133 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24134 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24136 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24137 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24138 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24139 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24141 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24142 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24143 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24144 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24146 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24147 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24148 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24150 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24151 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24153 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24154 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24156 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24157 _ interesting point, interregion here
24158 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24159 interesting point set by _
24160 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24161 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24162 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24163 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24164 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24165 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24168 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24169 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24171 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24172 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24173 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24174 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24175 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24176 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24177 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24178 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24180 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24181 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24182 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24183 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24184 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24187 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24188 then: insert previously read string once more
24189 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24190 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24191 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24193 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24194 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24196 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24198 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24199 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24201 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24202 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24203 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24204 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24205 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24208 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24209 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24210 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24216 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24217 ;;;;;; (17851 10844))
24218 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24220 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24221 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24222 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24225 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24227 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24228 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24229 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24235 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24236 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
24237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24239 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24240 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24241 A list of images is returned.
24243 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24245 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24246 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24247 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24249 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24253 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24254 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17851 10862))
24255 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24257 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24262 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24263 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17851 10866))
24270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24272 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24273 Play the Snake game.
24274 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24276 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24278 Snake mode keybindings:
24280 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24281 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24282 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24283 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24284 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24285 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24286 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24292 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24293 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
24294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24296 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24297 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24298 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24299 Tab indents for C code.
24300 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24301 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24303 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24308 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24309 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24310 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24311 Tab indents for C code.
24312 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24313 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24315 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24316 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24323 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24324 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17851 10852))
24325 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24327 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24328 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24330 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24331 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24332 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24334 For example, the form
24336 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24337 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24339 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24341 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24343 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24344 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24346 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24347 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24348 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24351 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24353 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24355 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24356 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24358 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24359 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24360 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24363 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24365 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24367 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24368 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24369 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24372 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24374 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24376 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24377 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24378 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24380 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24381 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24383 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24387 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24388 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24389 Requires floating point.
24395 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17851
24397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24399 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24402 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24403 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24404 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24405 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24406 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24407 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24408 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24409 check after each move or undo)
24413 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24414 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24415 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24434 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24435 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24436 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24437 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24439 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24440 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24441 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24444 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24445 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24447 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24463 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24465 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24471 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24472 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24473 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17851 10844))
24474 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24476 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24477 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24479 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24480 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24481 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24482 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24485 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24486 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24487 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24490 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24491 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24493 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24494 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24495 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24496 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24499 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24500 It should move point to the end of the record.
24502 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24503 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24504 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24505 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24506 starts at the beginning of the record.
24508 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24509 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24512 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24513 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24515 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24517 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24518 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24519 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24520 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24521 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24524 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24526 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24527 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24528 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24529 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24530 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24533 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24535 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24536 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24537 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24538 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24539 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24542 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24544 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24545 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24546 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24547 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24548 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24549 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24550 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24551 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24552 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24554 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24556 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24557 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24558 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24559 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24560 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24561 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24562 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24565 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24567 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24568 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24569 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24570 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24571 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24572 is to be used for sorting.
24573 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24574 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24575 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24576 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24577 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24579 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24581 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24584 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24585 starting with the letter \"f\",
24586 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24588 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24590 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24591 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24592 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24593 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24594 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24595 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24596 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24599 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24600 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24601 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24602 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24603 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24605 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24607 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24608 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24609 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24611 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24615 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17851
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24619 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24620 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24626 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24627 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24628 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17851 10860))
24629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24631 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24632 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24634 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24635 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24636 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24638 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24640 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24641 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24642 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24645 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24647 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24648 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24649 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24651 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24653 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24654 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24655 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24656 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24661 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24662 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24663 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24664 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24670 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24671 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17851 10844))
24672 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24674 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24676 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24677 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24678 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24679 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24680 supported at a time.
24681 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24682 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24686 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24687 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24688 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24689 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24695 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24696 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17851 10873))
24697 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24699 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24701 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24702 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24703 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24704 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24705 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24706 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24710 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24711 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24712 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24713 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24717 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24718 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24719 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24720 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24721 for example, \"word\".
24723 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24725 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24726 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24728 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24732 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17851
24734 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24736 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24737 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24741 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24742 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24749 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24750 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24751 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17851
24753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24755 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24756 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24758 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24759 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24760 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24761 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24762 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24763 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24764 of the current highlighting list.
24768 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24769 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24771 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24772 `_t' as data types.
24774 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24776 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24777 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24779 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24780 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24782 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24784 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24785 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24786 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24788 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24790 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24791 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24792 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24793 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24794 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24795 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24797 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24798 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24800 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24802 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24803 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24804 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24805 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24807 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24808 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24809 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24810 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24812 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24813 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24814 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24818 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24819 Major mode to edit SQL.
24821 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24822 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24823 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24826 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24828 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24829 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24830 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24831 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24832 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24833 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24835 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24836 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24838 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24839 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24840 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24842 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24844 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24848 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24849 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24851 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24852 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24855 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24857 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24859 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24860 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24862 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24863 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24866 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24867 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24868 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24869 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24871 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24872 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24874 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24875 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24876 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24877 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24878 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24879 `default-process-coding-system'.
24881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24885 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24886 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24893 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24894 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24895 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24897 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24898 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24900 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24901 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24902 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24903 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24904 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24905 `default-process-coding-system'.
24907 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24911 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24912 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24918 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24919 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24921 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24922 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24924 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24925 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24926 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24927 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24928 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24929 `default-process-coding-system'.
24931 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24935 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24936 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24938 SQLite is free software.
24940 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24941 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24944 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24945 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24946 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24947 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24949 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24950 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24952 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24953 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24954 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24955 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24956 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24957 `default-process-coding-system'.
24959 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24963 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24964 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24966 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24968 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24969 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24972 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24973 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24974 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24975 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24977 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24978 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24980 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24981 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24982 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24983 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24984 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24985 `default-process-coding-system'.
24987 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24991 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24992 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24994 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24995 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24998 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24999 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25002 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25003 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25005 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25006 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25007 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25008 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25009 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25010 `default-process-coding-system'.
25012 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25016 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25017 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25019 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25020 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25023 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25024 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25026 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25029 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25030 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25031 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25032 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25033 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25034 `default-process-coding-system'.
25036 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25040 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25041 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25043 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25044 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25047 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25048 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25049 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25050 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25052 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25053 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25055 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25056 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25057 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25058 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25059 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25060 `default-process-coding-system'.
25062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25066 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25067 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25069 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25070 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25073 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25074 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25075 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25076 `sql-postgres-options'.
25078 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25079 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25081 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25082 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25083 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25084 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25085 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25086 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25087 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25088 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25090 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25091 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25097 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25098 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25100 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25101 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25104 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25105 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25108 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25109 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25111 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25112 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25113 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25114 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25115 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25116 `default-process-coding-system'.
25118 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25122 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25123 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25125 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25126 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25129 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25132 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25133 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25135 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25136 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25137 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25138 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25140 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25141 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25142 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25143 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25144 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25145 `default-process-coding-system'.
25147 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25151 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25152 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25154 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25155 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25158 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25159 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25160 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25161 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25164 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25165 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25166 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25167 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25170 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25171 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25179 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25180 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25181 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25182 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25183 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17851
25185 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25187 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25188 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25189 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25190 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25191 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25192 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25194 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25196 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25198 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25199 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25200 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25201 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25202 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25203 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25204 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25206 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25208 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25209 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25210 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25211 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25212 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25213 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25214 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25216 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25218 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25219 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25220 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25222 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25224 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25225 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25226 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25228 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25230 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25231 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25233 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25235 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25236 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25240 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25241 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25245 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25246 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25247 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25248 chronologically by command name.
25249 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25251 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25253 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25254 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25255 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25256 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25257 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25258 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25260 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25262 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25263 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25264 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25265 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25266 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25267 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25268 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25270 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25271 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25272 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25273 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25275 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25279 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25280 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25281 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25282 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25284 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25286 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25287 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25293 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25294 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25295 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25297 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25298 Studlify-case the region.
25300 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25302 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25303 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25305 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25307 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25308 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17851 10844))
25315 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25317 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25318 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25319 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25320 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25321 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25322 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25324 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25325 is used instead of `load-path'.
25327 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25328 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25329 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25331 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25335 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25336 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
25337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25339 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25340 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25341 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25342 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25343 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25344 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25345 original message but it does require a few things:
25347 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25349 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25352 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25353 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25356 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25358 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25360 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25361 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25362 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25368 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17851 10844))
25369 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25371 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25372 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25373 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25376 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25378 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25380 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25381 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25382 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25384 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25390 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17851 10844))
25391 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25393 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25394 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25395 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25396 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25397 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25399 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25401 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25402 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25403 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25404 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25405 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25406 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25407 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25409 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25413 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25414 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25415 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25416 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25417 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25418 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25419 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25420 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25421 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25422 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25423 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25424 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25425 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17851 10873))
25426 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25428 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25429 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25430 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25432 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25434 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25435 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25437 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25439 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25440 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25442 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25444 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25445 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25447 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25449 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25450 Insert an editable text table.
25451 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25452 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25453 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25454 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25455 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25456 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25461 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25463 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25468 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25469 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25470 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25471 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25474 +-----+-----+-----+
25476 +-----+-----+-----+
25478 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25480 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25481 width, which results as
25483 +--------------+-----+-----+
25485 +--------------+-----+-----+
25487 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25488 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25490 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25492 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25494 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25495 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25496 width information to `table-insert'.
25498 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25504 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25507 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25508 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25510 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25513 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25515 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25523 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25525 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25533 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25536 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25537 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25538 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25551 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25557 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25558 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25559 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25560 | | |expected results.-!- |
25561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25564 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25566 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25570 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25572 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25573 Insert N table row(s).
25574 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25575 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25576 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25577 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25581 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25582 Insert N table column(s).
25583 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25584 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25585 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25586 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25590 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25591 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25592 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25594 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25596 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25597 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25598 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25599 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25600 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25601 all the table specific features.
25603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25605 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25610 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25611 Recognize all tables within region.
25612 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25613 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25614 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25617 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25619 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25624 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25625 Recognize a table at point.
25626 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25627 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25628 the table specific features.
25630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25632 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25637 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25638 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25639 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25640 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25641 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25642 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25643 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25645 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25647 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25652 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25653 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25654 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25655 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25656 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25657 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25660 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25662 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25663 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25664 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25665 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25666 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25667 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25668 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25673 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25674 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25675 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25676 table's rectangle structure.
25678 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25680 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25681 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25682 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25683 table's rectangle structure.
25687 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25688 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25689 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25690 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25691 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25693 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25695 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25696 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25697 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25699 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25700 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25701 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25702 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25703 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25704 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25705 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25707 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25708 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25709 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25710 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25711 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25712 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25713 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25715 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25716 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25717 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25718 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25719 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25720 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25721 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25722 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25724 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25726 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25727 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25728 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25729 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25733 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25734 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25735 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25737 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25739 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25740 Split current cell vertically.
25741 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25745 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25746 Split current cell horizontally.
25747 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25751 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25752 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25753 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25755 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25757 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25758 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25759 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25760 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25762 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25764 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25765 Justify cell contents.
25766 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25767 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25768 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25769 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25771 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25773 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25774 Justify cells of a row.
25775 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25776 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25778 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25780 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25781 Justify cells of a column.
25782 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25783 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25785 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25787 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25788 Toggle fixing width mode.
25789 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25790 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25791 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25795 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25796 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25797 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25798 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25799 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25800 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25801 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25802 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25803 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25804 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25805 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25807 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25809 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25810 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25811 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25812 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25813 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25814 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25815 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25816 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25817 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25818 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25819 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25820 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25823 References used for this implementation:
25829 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25831 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25832 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25833 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25835 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25837 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25838 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25839 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25840 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25841 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25842 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25843 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25844 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25845 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25846 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25847 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25848 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25849 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25850 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25851 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25852 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25853 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25858 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25859 (table-forward-cell 15)
25860 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25861 (table-forward-cell 16)
25862 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25863 (table-forward-cell 1)
25864 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25867 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25868 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25869 (table-forward-cell 1)
25870 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25872 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25874 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25875 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25876 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25877 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25878 consists from cells of same height.
25882 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25883 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25884 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25885 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25886 column must consists from cells of same width.
25890 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25891 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25892 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25893 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25894 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25895 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25896 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25897 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25898 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25899 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25900 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25901 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25902 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25903 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25904 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25913 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25914 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25915 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25918 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25920 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25922 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25924 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25928 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25929 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25930 of each row is optional.
25935 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25936 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25937 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25938 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25939 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25941 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25942 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25944 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25945 expression and raw delimiter regular
25946 expression, it parses the specified text
25947 area and extracts cell items from
25948 non-table text and then forms a table out
25951 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25952 creates a single cell table. The text in
25953 the specified region is placed in that
25956 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25959 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25960 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25961 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25963 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25964 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25965 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25966 | area and extracts cell items from |
25967 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25970 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25971 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25972 | the specified region is placed in that |
25974 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25976 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25977 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25980 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25981 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25982 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25983 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25984 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25985 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25986 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25987 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25988 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25990 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25991 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25992 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25993 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25995 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25997 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25998 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25999 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26001 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26003 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26004 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26005 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26006 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26007 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26013 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17851 10845))
26014 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26016 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26017 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26019 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26023 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17851 10845))
26024 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26026 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26027 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26028 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26029 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26030 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26031 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26032 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26034 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26035 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26036 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26037 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26039 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26046 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26047 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17851 10870))
26048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26050 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26051 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26052 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26053 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26054 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26055 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26057 Variables controlling indentation style:
26059 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26060 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26061 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26063 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26064 documentation for details):
26065 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26066 Controls action of TAB key.
26068 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26069 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26070 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26071 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26072 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26074 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26075 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26083 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26084 Run inferior Tcl process.
26085 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26086 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26090 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26091 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26092 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26094 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26098 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17851 10864))
26099 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26100 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26102 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26103 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26104 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26105 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26107 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26108 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26109 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26110 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26111 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26113 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26114 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26116 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26117 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26118 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26119 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26125 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17851
26127 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26129 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26130 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26131 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26132 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26133 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26134 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26136 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26138 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26139 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26140 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26141 commands to use in that buffer.
26143 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26145 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26147 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26148 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26150 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26154 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17851
26156 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26158 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26159 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26160 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26161 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26162 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26163 program as keyboard input.
26165 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26166 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26167 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26168 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26170 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26171 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26172 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26173 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26174 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26176 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26178 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26179 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26180 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26181 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26183 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26184 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26185 subprocess started.
26187 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26191 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26192 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
26193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26195 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26196 Start coverage on function under point.
26202 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17851 10866))
26203 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26205 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26206 Play the Tetris game.
26207 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26208 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26209 as to form complete rows.
26211 tetris-mode keybindings:
26212 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26213 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26214 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26215 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26216 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26217 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26218 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26219 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26220 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26226 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26227 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26228 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26229 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26230 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26231 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26232 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26233 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26236 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26237 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26239 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26241 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26242 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26243 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26244 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26245 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26247 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26249 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26250 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26251 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26252 if it matches the first line of the file,
26253 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26255 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26257 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26258 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26259 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26260 if the variable is non-nil.")
26262 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26264 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26265 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26267 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26269 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26270 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26271 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26272 See the documentation of that variable.")
26274 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26276 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26277 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26278 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26279 See the documentation of that variable.")
26281 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26283 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26284 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26285 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26286 See the documentation of that variable.")
26288 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26290 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26291 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26292 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26293 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26294 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26296 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26298 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26299 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26300 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26301 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26303 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26305 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26306 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26307 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26309 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26311 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26312 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26313 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26314 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26316 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26318 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26319 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26320 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26321 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26323 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26325 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26326 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26327 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26328 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26330 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26331 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26334 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26335 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26337 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26340 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26342 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26343 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26344 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26345 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26346 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26348 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26350 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26352 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26353 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26354 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26356 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26358 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26359 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26360 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26361 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26362 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26364 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26366 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26367 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26369 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26371 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26372 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26374 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26376 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26377 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26378 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26379 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26380 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26381 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26382 says which mode to use.
26386 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26388 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26390 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26392 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26393 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26394 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26395 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26396 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26398 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26399 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26400 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26401 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26402 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26403 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26404 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26406 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26407 mismatched $'s or braces.
26410 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26414 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26416 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26417 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26418 tex-dvi-print-command
26419 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26420 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26421 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26422 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26423 tex-dvi-view-command
26424 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26425 tex-show-queue-command
26426 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26427 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26429 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26430 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26431 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26435 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26436 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26437 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26438 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26439 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26441 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26442 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26443 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26444 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26445 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26446 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26447 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26449 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26450 mismatched $'s or braces.
26457 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26459 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26460 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26461 tex-dvi-print-command
26462 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26463 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26464 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26465 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26466 tex-dvi-view-command
26467 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26468 tex-show-queue-command
26469 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26470 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26472 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26473 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26474 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26478 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26479 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26480 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26481 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26482 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26484 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26485 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26486 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26487 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26488 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26489 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26490 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26492 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26493 mismatched $'s or braces.
26496 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26500 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26502 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26503 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26504 tex-dvi-print-command
26505 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26506 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26507 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26508 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26509 tex-dvi-view-command
26510 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26511 tex-show-queue-command
26512 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26513 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26515 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26516 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26517 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26518 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26522 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26527 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26528 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26534 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26535 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17851 10873))
26536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26538 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26539 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26540 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26541 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26543 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26544 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26545 Info-split to do these manually.
26547 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26549 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26550 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26551 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26552 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26553 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26555 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26557 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26558 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26559 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26560 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26562 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26563 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26564 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26565 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26567 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26568 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26570 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26574 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26575 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17851 10873))
26576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26578 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26579 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26581 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26583 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26584 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26586 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26588 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26589 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26591 It has these extra commands:
26592 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26594 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26595 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26596 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26597 modified version of TeX input format.
26599 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26600 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26601 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26602 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26604 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26605 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26606 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26607 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26608 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26609 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26610 in the Texinfo file.
26612 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26613 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26614 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26615 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26616 move forward past the closing brace.
26618 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26619 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26621 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26622 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26623 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26625 Here are the functions:
26627 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26628 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26629 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26631 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26632 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26633 texinfo-master-menu
26635 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26637 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26638 which menu descriptions are indented.
26640 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26641 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26644 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26645 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26646 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26647 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26649 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26650 be the first node in the file.
26652 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26653 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26659 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26660 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26661 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26662 ;;;;;; (17851 10861))
26663 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26665 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26666 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26667 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26668 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26670 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26672 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26673 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26675 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26677 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26678 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26682 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26685 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26687 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26688 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26689 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26690 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26693 The return value is number of composed characters.
26695 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26697 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26698 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26704 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26705 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26706 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17851 10845))
26707 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26709 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26710 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26712 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26714 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26715 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26716 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26717 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26718 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26720 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26721 a symbol as a valid THING.
26723 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26724 of the textual entity that was found.
26726 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26728 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26729 Return the THING at point.
26730 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26731 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26732 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26734 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26735 a symbol as a valid THING.
26737 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26739 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26744 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26749 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26754 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26761 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26762 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26763 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
26764 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26766 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26767 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26771 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26772 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26773 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26774 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26776 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26778 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26779 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26783 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26784 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26788 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26790 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26791 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26797 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26798 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26799 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26800 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26801 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26802 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17851 10861))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26805 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26806 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26807 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26811 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26812 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26816 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26817 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26818 The returned string has no composition information.
26820 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26822 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26823 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26825 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26827 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26828 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26830 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26832 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26833 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26834 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26835 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26837 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26839 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26840 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26841 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26842 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26844 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26846 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26849 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26851 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26852 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26853 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26857 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26858 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26859 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26863 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26866 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26868 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26871 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26873 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26876 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26880 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26881 ;;;;;; (17851 10873))
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26884 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26885 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26886 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26887 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26889 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26893 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26894 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26895 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26896 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26898 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26904 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26905 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17851 10845))
26906 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26908 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26909 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26911 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26913 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26914 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26915 This display updates automatically every minute.
26916 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26917 are displayed as well.
26918 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26922 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26923 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26924 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26927 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26929 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26931 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26932 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26933 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26935 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26936 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26937 are displayed as well.
26938 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26944 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26945 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26946 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26947 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17851
26949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26951 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26952 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26954 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26956 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26957 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26958 You can use `float-time' instead.
26960 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26962 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26963 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26965 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26967 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26968 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26970 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26972 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26973 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26975 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26977 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26978 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26979 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26981 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26983 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26985 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26986 Subtract two time values.
26987 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26989 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26991 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26992 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26994 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26996 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26997 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26998 DATE should be a date-time string.
27000 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27002 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27003 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27004 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27006 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27008 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27009 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27011 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27013 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27014 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27016 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27018 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27019 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27020 TIME should be a time value.
27021 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27023 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27025 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27026 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27027 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27029 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27033 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27034 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17851 10845))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27036 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27037 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27038 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27039 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27040 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27041 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27042 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27044 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27045 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27046 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27047 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27048 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27049 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27050 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27051 look like one of the following:
27054 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27055 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27056 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27057 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27058 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27059 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27060 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27065 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27066 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27067 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27073 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27074 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27075 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27076 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27077 ;;;;;; (17851 10852))
27078 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27080 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27081 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27082 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27083 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27084 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27085 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27086 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27087 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27088 display (non-nil means on).
27090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27092 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27093 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27094 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27095 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27096 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27097 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27098 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27099 this function is called within a day.
27101 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27102 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27103 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27104 discover the name of the project.
27106 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27108 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27109 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27110 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27111 begun during the last time segment.
27113 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27114 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27115 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27116 discover the reason.
27118 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27120 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27121 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27122 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27123 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27124 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27126 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27128 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27129 Change to working on a different project.
27130 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27131 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27132 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27135 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27137 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27138 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27139 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27143 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27144 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27145 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27149 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27150 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27151 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27152 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27153 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27154 \"relative to today\".
27156 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27158 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27159 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27160 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27161 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27163 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27165 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27166 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27167 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27168 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27169 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27170 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27172 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27176 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27177 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27178 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17851 10853))
27179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27181 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27183 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27184 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27186 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27188 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27189 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27190 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27191 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27193 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27195 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27196 Perform an action at time TIME.
27197 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27198 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27199 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27200 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27201 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27202 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27204 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27206 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27208 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27209 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27210 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27211 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27212 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27214 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27216 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27218 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27219 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27220 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27221 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27223 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27225 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27226 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27227 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27228 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27229 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27230 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27231 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27233 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27234 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27236 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27238 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27239 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27241 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27242 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27243 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27244 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27245 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27246 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27249 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27253 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27254 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17851 10861))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27257 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27258 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27259 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27260 the generated Quail package is saved.
27262 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27264 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27265 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27266 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27267 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27268 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27269 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27270 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27272 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27276 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27277 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17851
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27281 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27284 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27286 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27289 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27291 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27292 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27293 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27296 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27300 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27301 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17851 10845))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27303 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27304 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27305 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27307 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27308 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27309 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27310 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27311 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27313 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27315 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27316 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27317 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27318 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27319 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27321 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27323 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27324 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27325 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27326 in the menu in two ways:
27327 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27328 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27329 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27331 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27332 keymap or an alist of alists.
27333 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27334 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27336 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27340 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27341 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27342 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17851 10852))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27345 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27346 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27350 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27351 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27353 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27355 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27356 Insert new TODO list entry.
27357 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27362 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27363 List top priorities for each category.
27365 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27366 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27368 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27369 between each category.
27371 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27373 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27374 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27375 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27376 between each category.
27378 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27380 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27382 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27383 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27389 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27390 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27394 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27401 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27402 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27403 ;;;;;; (17851 10845))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27406 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27408 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27409 Add an item to the tool bar.
27410 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27411 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27412 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27413 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27415 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27416 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27417 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27418 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27420 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27421 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27423 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27425 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27426 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27427 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27428 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27429 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27430 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27432 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27433 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27434 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27435 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27437 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27439 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27440 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27441 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27442 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27443 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27444 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27445 properties to add to the binding.
27447 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27449 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27450 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27452 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27454 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27455 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27456 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27457 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27458 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27459 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27460 properties to add to the binding.
27462 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27465 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27469 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27470 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27473 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27474 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27475 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27476 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27477 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27478 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27480 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27482 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27487 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27489 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27490 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27496 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27497 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17851 10853))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27500 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27501 Set scroll margins.
27503 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27505 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27506 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27510 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27511 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27517 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17851 10853))
27518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27520 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27521 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27522 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27523 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27524 to a tcp server on another machine.
27526 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27530 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27531 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17851 10853))
27532 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27534 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27535 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27537 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27539 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27540 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27541 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27542 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27543 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27544 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27545 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27546 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27548 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27550 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27551 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27552 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27553 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27554 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27555 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27556 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27557 the window or buffer configuration.
27559 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27561 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27565 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27566 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27567 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27568 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17851 10865))
27569 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27571 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27572 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27573 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27575 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27576 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27577 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27578 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27580 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27581 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27582 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27583 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27585 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27586 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27587 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27588 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27589 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27590 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27591 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27592 files which are not really tramp files.
27594 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27595 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27596 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27597 updated after changing this variable.
27599 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27601 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27603 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27604 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27605 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27606 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27608 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27609 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27610 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27611 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27613 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27614 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27615 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27617 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27618 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27619 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27620 updated after changing this variable.
27622 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27624 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27626 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27627 Alist of completion handler functions.
27628 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27629 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27630 normal Emacs functions.")
27632 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27633 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27634 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27635 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27637 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27638 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27639 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27640 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27642 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27643 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27644 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27646 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27648 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27649 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27650 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27652 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27653 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27656 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27658 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27663 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27664 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27666 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27668 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27669 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27671 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27673 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27674 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27680 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27681 ;;;;;; (17851 10864))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27684 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27691 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27692 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27693 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27694 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27695 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27696 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17851
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27700 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27701 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27705 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27706 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27708 Convenience command that:
27710 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27711 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27712 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27714 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27715 image files in dired and type
27716 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27718 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27720 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27721 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27723 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27725 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27726 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27727 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27728 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27729 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27732 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27733 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27734 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27736 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27737 instead of erasing it first.
27739 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27740 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27741 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27742 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27743 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27744 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27746 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27748 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27749 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27750 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27751 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27756 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27758 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27759 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27763 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27764 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27765 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27769 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27770 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27774 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27775 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27776 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27777 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27781 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27782 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27786 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27787 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27791 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27792 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27796 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27797 Display current image file.
27798 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27799 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27803 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27804 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27808 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27809 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27810 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27811 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27812 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27813 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27814 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27818 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27819 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27820 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27827 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17851
27829 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27831 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27832 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27833 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27834 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27835 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27836 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27837 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27838 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27840 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27841 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27842 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27844 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27845 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27848 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27852 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27853 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17851 10873))
27854 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27855 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27856 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27857 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27859 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27860 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27861 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27862 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27863 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27864 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27865 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27869 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27870 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27871 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27872 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27874 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27878 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27879 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27880 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27881 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27882 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27883 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27884 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27886 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27887 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27889 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27892 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27894 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27900 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27901 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27902 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27903 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27904 ;;;;;; (17851 10847))
27905 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27907 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27908 Toggle typing break mode.
27909 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27911 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27913 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27915 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27916 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27918 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27920 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27921 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27923 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27924 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27925 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27927 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27928 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27930 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27932 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27933 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27935 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27936 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27937 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27938 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27940 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27942 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27943 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27944 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27946 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27947 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27948 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27949 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27950 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27951 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27953 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27954 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27955 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27956 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27958 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27959 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27961 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27962 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27964 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
27966 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27967 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27968 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27970 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27971 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27972 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27973 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27974 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27975 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27976 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27978 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27979 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27981 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27982 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27983 reset the keystroke counter.
27985 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27986 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27987 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27988 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27990 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27991 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27992 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27993 `type-break-schedule' command.
27995 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27996 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27997 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27998 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27999 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28000 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28001 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28002 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28003 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28005 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28006 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28007 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28008 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28009 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28011 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28012 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28013 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28014 approximate good values for this.
28016 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28017 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28019 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28020 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28021 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28022 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28023 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28024 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28026 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28027 a typing break occur. They include:
28029 `type-break-query-mode'
28030 `type-break-query-function'
28031 `type-break-query-interval'
28033 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28035 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28036 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28037 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28040 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28042 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28043 Take a typing break.
28045 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28046 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28048 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28049 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28053 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28054 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28055 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28056 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28060 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28061 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28063 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28064 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28065 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28066 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28067 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28068 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28069 average typing speed.)
28071 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28072 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28073 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28074 the computed maximum threshold.
28076 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28077 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28078 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28079 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28080 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28082 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28086 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28087 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17851 10873))
28088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28090 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28091 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28092 Works by overstriking underscores.
28093 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28094 which specify the range to operate on.
28096 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28098 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28099 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28100 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28101 which specify the range to operate on.
28103 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28108 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17851 10862))
28109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28111 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28112 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28113 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28117 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28118 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28119 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28120 following the containing message.
28126 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28127 ;;;;;; (17851 10862))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28130 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28131 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28132 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28133 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28134 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28135 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28139 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28140 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28142 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28146 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17851
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28150 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28151 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28152 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28153 of symbols with local bindings.
28155 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28159 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28160 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17851 10875))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28163 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28164 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28165 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28167 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28168 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28169 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28170 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28171 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28172 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28174 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28175 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28176 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28178 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28179 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28180 the callback is not called).
28182 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28183 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28184 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28187 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28189 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28190 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28191 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28192 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28193 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28195 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28199 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28200 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17851 10873))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28203 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28204 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28205 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28207 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28208 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28209 `url-generic-parse-url'
28210 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28211 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28212 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28214 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28215 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28216 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28217 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28218 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28219 what type of auth to use
28220 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28221 if one cannot be found in the cache
28223 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28225 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28226 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28228 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28229 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28230 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28231 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28232 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28233 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28234 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28235 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28237 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28241 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28242 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17851
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28246 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28247 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28249 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28251 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28252 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28256 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28257 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28259 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28261 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28262 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28264 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28268 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17851 10873))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28271 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28274 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28278 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28279 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17851 10873))
28280 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28282 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28285 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28287 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28290 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28294 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17851
28296 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28298 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28299 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28301 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28305 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28306 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17851 10873))
28307 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28309 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28310 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28314 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28315 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28316 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28317 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28318 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28320 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28324 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28325 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17851
28327 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28329 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28330 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28331 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28334 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28336 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28338 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28339 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28343 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28344 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28345 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28346 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28347 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28348 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28349 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28350 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28351 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28353 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28355 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28356 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28357 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28360 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28362 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28365 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28369 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28370 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17851 10873))
28371 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28373 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28374 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28375 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28376 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28377 CBARGS as the arguments.
28379 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28381 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28386 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28388 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28391 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28393 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28394 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28395 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28397 Property list members:
28400 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28404 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28408 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28411 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28414 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28415 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28416 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28419 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28421 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28422 Default HTTPS port.")
28424 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28425 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28427 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28428 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28429 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28430 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28431 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28435 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17851 10873))
28436 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28438 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28441 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28445 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17851
28447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28449 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28450 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28451 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28452 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28453 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28455 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28459 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28460 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28463 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28466 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28468 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28469 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28471 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28475 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28476 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17851 10874))
28477 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28479 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28480 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28484 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28485 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28489 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28492 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28494 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28496 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28498 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28500 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28501 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28507 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28508 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28511 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28516 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28519 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28523 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28524 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28525 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28526 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28528 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28531 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28533 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28536 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28538 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28541 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28543 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28546 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28548 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28551 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28553 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28556 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28558 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28561 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28565 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28566 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17851 10874))
28567 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28569 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28570 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28572 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28574 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28575 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28577 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28579 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28583 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28584 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28587 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28588 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28594 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28595 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28596 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28597 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28598 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28599 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28600 ;;;;;; (17851 10874))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28603 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28604 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28605 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28607 If t, all messages will be logged.
28608 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28609 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28611 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28613 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28616 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28618 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28621 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28623 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28624 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28625 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28626 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28627 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28633 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28635 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28636 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28637 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28639 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28641 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28642 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28643 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28645 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28647 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28648 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28650 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28652 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28653 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28657 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28658 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28662 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28667 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28670 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28672 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28675 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28677 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28678 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28680 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28682 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28685 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28687 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28688 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28689 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28690 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28691 forbidden in URL encoding.
28693 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28696 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28697 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28698 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28699 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28700 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28702 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28704 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28705 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28706 If optional variable X is t,
28707 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28709 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28712 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28713 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28715 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28717 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28718 View the current document's URL.
28719 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28722 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28724 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28728 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28729 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17851 10848))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28732 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28733 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28734 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28735 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28736 to refrain from editing the file
28737 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28738 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28739 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28740 in any way you like.
28742 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28744 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28745 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28746 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28747 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28748 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28750 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28751 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28757 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28758 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28759 ;;;;;; (17851 10860))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28762 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28763 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28764 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28765 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28767 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28769 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28770 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28771 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28773 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28775 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28776 Uudecode region between START and END.
28777 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28779 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28783 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28784 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28785 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28786 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28787 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28788 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28789 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17851 10849))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28792 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28793 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28796 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28798 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28799 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28800 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28802 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28804 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28805 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28808 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28810 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28811 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28813 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28815 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28816 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28818 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28821 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28822 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28823 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28824 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28825 somebody else, signal error.
28827 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28829 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28830 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28831 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28832 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28833 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28835 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28837 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28838 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28839 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28840 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28841 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28842 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28843 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28844 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28845 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28846 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28847 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28848 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28850 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28853 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28855 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28856 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28858 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28859 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28860 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28861 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28862 lock steals will raise an error.
28864 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28866 For RCS and SCCS files:
28867 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28869 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28870 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28871 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28872 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28873 it performs a revert.
28874 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28875 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28876 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28877 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28878 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28879 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28880 the option to steal the lock.
28883 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28884 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28885 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28886 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28887 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28888 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28889 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28890 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28891 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28893 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28895 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28896 Register the current file into a version control system.
28897 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28898 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28900 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28901 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28902 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28903 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28904 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28905 first backend that could register the file is used.
28907 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28909 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28910 Display diffs between file versions.
28911 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28912 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28913 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28914 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28915 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28918 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28920 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28921 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28922 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28923 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28927 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28928 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28929 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28930 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28934 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28935 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28936 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28937 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28938 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28939 from the current branch.
28941 See Info node `Merging'.
28945 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28947 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28948 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28950 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28952 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28953 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28955 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28957 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28958 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28959 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28960 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28961 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28962 are checked out in that new branch.
28964 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28966 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28967 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28968 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28969 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28970 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28971 allowed and simply skipped).
28973 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28975 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28976 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28977 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28979 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28981 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28982 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28983 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28984 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28985 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28989 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28990 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28991 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28992 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28993 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28994 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28998 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
28999 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29000 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29002 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29004 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29005 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29006 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29007 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29008 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29009 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29010 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29012 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29014 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29015 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29016 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29017 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29018 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29019 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29020 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29021 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29022 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29024 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29026 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29027 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29029 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29031 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29032 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29033 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29036 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29038 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29039 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29040 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29042 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29043 log entries should be gathered.
29045 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29047 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29048 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29050 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29051 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29052 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29053 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29054 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29055 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29057 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29058 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29059 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29060 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29061 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29062 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29063 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29064 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29066 Customization variables:
29068 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29069 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29070 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29071 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29073 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17851 10848))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29079 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29080 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29083 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17851 10848))
29088 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29089 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29090 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29091 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29093 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17851 10848))
29098 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29099 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29100 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29103 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29107 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29108 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29111 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29112 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29113 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29115 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29116 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29120 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29121 ;;;;;; (17851 10848))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29124 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29125 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29126 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29128 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29129 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29131 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29132 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29133 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29134 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17851 10848))
29139 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29140 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29141 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29142 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29145 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29146 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29147 (file-name-directory f)))
29149 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29151 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29156 ;;;;;; (17851 10871))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29159 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29160 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29165 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29166 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29167 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29168 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29169 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29170 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29171 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29172 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29173 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29175 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29176 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29177 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29178 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29180 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29181 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29182 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29183 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29184 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29186 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29187 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29191 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29192 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29193 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29197 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29198 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29199 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29200 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29202 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29203 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29204 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29205 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29206 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29210 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29211 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29212 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29213 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29215 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29216 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29217 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29218 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29219 beginning with \"std\").
29221 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29222 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29223 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29228 `--' puts a single comment.
29229 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29230 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29231 with a comment in between.
29232 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29233 out following lines.
29234 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29235 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29237 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29238 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29239 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29240 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29241 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29244 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29245 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29246 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29247 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29248 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29249 multi-line comments.
29253 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29254 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29255 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29256 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29258 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29259 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29260 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29261 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29263 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29264 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29267 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29268 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29272 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29273 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29274 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29275 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29276 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29277 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29278 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29279 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29281 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29282 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29283 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29284 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29285 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29288 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29289 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29290 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29292 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29293 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29297 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29298 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29299 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29300 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29301 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29302 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29305 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29306 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29307 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29308 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29311 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29315 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29316 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29317 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29318 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29319 internal signal initializations (menu).
29321 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29322 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29323 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29325 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29326 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29327 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29328 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29329 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29330 in subsequent paste operations.)
29332 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29333 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29334 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29337 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29338 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29339 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29340 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29341 association list with formals).
29344 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29345 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29346 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29347 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29348 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29349 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29350 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29351 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29356 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29360 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29364 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29365 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29366 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29368 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29369 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29372 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29373 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29374 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29375 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29377 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29378 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29379 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29381 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29382 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29383 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29384 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29386 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29387 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29388 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29389 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29390 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29392 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29393 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29394 required by secondary units.
29397 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29398 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29399 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29400 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29401 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29402 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29403 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29404 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29405 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29406 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29407 inputs to this component -> input port created
29408 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29409 outputs from this component -> output port created
29410 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29411 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29413 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29414 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29415 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29416 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29417 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29419 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29420 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29422 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29423 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29424 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29425 component instantiation is also supported (option
29426 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29428 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29429 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29430 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29431 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29432 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29433 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29434 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29435 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29436 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29437 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29438 | generating the configuration.
29440 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29441 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29442 | configurations in speedbar.
29444 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29447 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29448 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29449 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29450 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29451 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29452 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29453 information. New compilers can be added.
29455 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29456 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29459 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29460 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29461 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29462 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29463 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29465 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29468 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29469 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29470 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29472 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29473 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29474 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29475 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29476 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29477 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29478 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29481 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29482 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29483 not (yet) supported.
29484 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29485 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29486 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29490 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29491 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29492 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29493 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29494 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29495 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29496 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29497 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29499 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29500 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29501 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29502 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29503 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29504 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29505 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29506 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29507 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29508 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29509 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29513 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29514 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29515 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29516 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29517 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29518 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29519 current directory for VHDL source files.
29523 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29524 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29528 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29529 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29530 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29531 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29532 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29533 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29534 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29535 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29538 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29539 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29540 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29541 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29542 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29543 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29544 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29546 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29547 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29548 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29549 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29550 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29551 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29553 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29554 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29555 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29556 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29557 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29560 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29561 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29562 highlighted if written in lower case.
29564 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29565 highlighted using a different background color if option
29566 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29568 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29569 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29570 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29571 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29572 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29576 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29577 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29578 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29582 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29583 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29584 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29585 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29586 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29590 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29591 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29593 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29594 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29595 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29596 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29597 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29598 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29599 (used to obtain the port names).
29603 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29604 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29608 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29609 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29610 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29611 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29612 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29613 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29614 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29619 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29620 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29621 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29622 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29623 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29625 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29626 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29627 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29628 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29629 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29632 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29633 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29637 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29638 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29639 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29641 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29645 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29646 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29648 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29650 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29652 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29656 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29662 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29663 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29665 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29667 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29668 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29669 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29670 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29672 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29673 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29674 where the latest version can be found.
29680 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29681 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29682 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29685 The VHDL Mode Authors
29686 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29697 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17806 44346))
29698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29700 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29701 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29702 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29703 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29705 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29706 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29707 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29708 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29709 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29711 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29712 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29714 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29716 * Limitations and unsupported features
29717 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29719 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29720 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29723 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29724 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29725 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29726 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29727 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29728 for undoing a repeated change command.
29729 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29730 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29731 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29734 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29735 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29736 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29737 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29738 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29739 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29740 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29741 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29743 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29749 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29750 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29751 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29752 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17851 10861))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29755 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29756 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29758 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29760 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29761 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29762 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29763 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29765 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29767 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29768 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29772 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29773 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29774 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29775 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29777 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29779 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29780 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29784 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29787 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29789 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29792 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29796 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29797 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29798 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17851
29800 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29802 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29803 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29804 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29805 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29807 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29809 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29810 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29811 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29812 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29813 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29814 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29815 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29817 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29821 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29822 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29823 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29824 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29825 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29826 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29827 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29828 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29830 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29834 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29835 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29836 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29837 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29838 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29839 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29840 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29841 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29843 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29847 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29848 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29849 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29850 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29851 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29852 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29853 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29855 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29857 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29858 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29859 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29861 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29863 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29864 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29865 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29866 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29867 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29868 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29869 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29870 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29872 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29874 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29875 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29876 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29878 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29880 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29881 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29882 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29883 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29884 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29885 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29886 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29887 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29889 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29891 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29892 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29893 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29895 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29897 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29898 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29899 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29901 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29902 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29903 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29906 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29907 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29908 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29909 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29910 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29912 H, h, ? This message.
29913 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29914 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29915 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29916 > move to the end of buffer.
29917 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29918 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29919 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29920 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29921 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29922 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29923 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29924 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29925 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29926 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29927 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29928 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29929 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29930 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29931 Use this to view a changing file.
29932 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29933 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29934 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29936 x exchanges point and mark.
29937 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29938 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29939 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29940 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29941 ' go to position saved in character register.
29942 s do forward incremental search.
29943 r do reverse incremental search.
29944 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29945 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29946 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29947 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29948 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29949 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29950 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29951 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29952 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29953 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29954 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29955 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29956 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29957 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29958 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29959 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29960 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29962 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29963 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29964 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29965 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29966 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29967 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29968 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29969 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29970 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29972 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29976 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29977 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29978 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29979 `view-return-to-alist'.
29980 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29981 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29982 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29984 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29985 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29986 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29987 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29988 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29990 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29991 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29992 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29993 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29995 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29997 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29999 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30001 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30002 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30008 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17851
30010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30012 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30013 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30017 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30018 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30024 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30025 ;;;;;; (17851 10854))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30028 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30029 Toggle Viper on/off.
30030 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30034 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30035 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30041 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30042 ;;;;;; (17851 10853))
30043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30045 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30046 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30047 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30048 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30049 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30050 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30051 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30052 the beginning of the warning.")
30054 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30055 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30056 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30057 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30058 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30059 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30060 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30061 also call that function before the next warning.")
30063 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30064 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30066 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30067 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30068 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30069 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30071 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30072 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30073 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30074 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30075 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30076 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30078 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30079 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30080 Default is :warning.
30082 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30083 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30084 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30085 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30086 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30087 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30089 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30090 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30092 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30094 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30095 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30097 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30099 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30100 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30101 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30102 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30104 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30105 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30106 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30107 can be whatever you like.)
30109 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30110 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30112 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30113 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30114 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30115 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30116 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30118 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30120 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30121 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30122 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30123 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30124 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30126 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30130 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30131 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30132 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30134 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30135 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30136 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30137 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30138 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30147 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17851 10865))
30148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30150 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30151 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30153 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30156 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30163 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30164 ;;;;;; (17851 10871))
30165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30166 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30167 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30169 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30171 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30172 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30173 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30176 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30178 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30180 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30181 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30182 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30183 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30185 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30192 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30193 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30194 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30195 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30196 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30197 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30198 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30200 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30201 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30205 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30206 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30210 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30211 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30215 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30216 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30220 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30221 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30225 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30226 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30228 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30229 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30230 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30231 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30232 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30234 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30236 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30237 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30239 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30241 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30242 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30246 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30247 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30248 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30249 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30250 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30254 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30255 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30259 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30261 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30262 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30263 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30266 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30268 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30270 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30271 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30272 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30274 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30275 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30279 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30280 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30281 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30287 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30288 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17851 10849))
30289 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30291 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30292 Browse the widget under point.
30296 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30297 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30299 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30301 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30302 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30304 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30306 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30307 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30308 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30314 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30315 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17851
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30319 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30320 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30322 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30324 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30325 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30326 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30328 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30330 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30331 Create widget of TYPE.
30332 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30334 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30336 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30339 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30341 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30342 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30344 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30346 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30348 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30349 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30350 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30352 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30353 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30359 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30360 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17851
30362 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30364 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30365 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30366 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30367 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30368 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30369 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30370 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30374 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30375 Select the window above the current one.
30376 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30377 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30378 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30379 negative ARG) of the current window.
30380 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30384 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30385 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30386 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30387 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30388 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30389 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30390 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30394 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30395 Select the window below the current one.
30396 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30397 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30398 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30399 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30400 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30404 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30405 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30406 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30407 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30409 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30413 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30414 ;;;;;; (17851 10849))
30415 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30417 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30418 Toggle Winner mode.
30419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30420 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30422 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30424 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30425 Toggle Winner mode.
30426 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30432 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30433 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17851 10849))
30434 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30436 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30437 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30438 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30439 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30440 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30441 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30442 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30443 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30445 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30446 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30448 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30450 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30451 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30455 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30456 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30457 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30458 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30459 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30460 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30461 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30462 `woman' command for further details.
30464 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30468 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30469 ;;;;;; (17851 10854))
30470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30472 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30473 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30476 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30477 are not implemented
30478 - Options for search and replace
30479 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30480 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30482 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30485 The key bindings are:
30495 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30497 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30498 C-l ws-repeat-search
30501 C-r scroll-down-line
30508 C-y kill-complete-line
30511 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30512 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30513 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30514 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30515 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30516 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30517 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30518 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30519 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30520 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30521 C-k b ws-begin-block
30522 C-k c ws-copy-block
30523 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30525 C-k h ws-show-markers
30526 C-k i ws-indent-block
30528 C-k p ws-print-block
30531 C-k s save-some-buffers
30533 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30534 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30535 C-k v ws-move-block
30536 C-k w ws-write-block
30538 C-k y ws-delete-block
30540 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30541 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30542 C-o j justify-current-line
30545 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30546 C-o r set-fill-column
30547 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30548 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30549 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30550 C-o wo other-window
30551 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30553 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30554 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30555 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30556 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30557 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30558 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30559 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30560 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30561 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30562 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30563 C-q a ws-query-replace
30564 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30565 C-q c end-of-buffer
30568 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30570 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30571 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30572 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30573 C-q w ws-last-error
30575 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30581 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30582 ;;;;;; (17851 10850))
30583 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30585 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30586 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30587 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30588 Returns the top node with all its children.
30589 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30590 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30592 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30594 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30595 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30596 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30597 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30598 is not well-formed XML.
30599 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30600 and returned as the first element of the list.
30601 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30603 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30607 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17851
30609 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30611 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30612 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30613 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30614 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30615 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30616 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30618 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30620 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30621 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30622 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30624 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30625 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30626 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30627 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30628 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30629 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30635 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30636 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17851 10860))
30637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30639 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30640 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30642 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30644 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30645 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30651 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30652 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17851 10866))
30653 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30655 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30656 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30658 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30660 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30661 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30663 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30665 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30666 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30667 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30669 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30671 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30672 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30678 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17851 10866))
30679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30681 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30682 Zone out, completely.
30688 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30689 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30690 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30691 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30692 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17851 11084 773610))
30822 ;; Local Variables:
30823 ;; version-control: never
30824 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30825 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30827 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here